Archive for the ‘Syrian Rebel Terror’ Category

ISIS-MAP

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
July 14, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — As previously reported by Truther.org, the CIA is desperately trying to stage the full-scale terrorist invasion of the United States via the state of Florida. To date, numerous Islamic invasion-related terror plots have been exposed, the following ISIS terror plot being the latest.

Although the terrorists invasion of the U.S. could come courtesy of Malaysian Airlines Flight MH370 which was hijacked in an “act of piracy”, it’s far more likely that ISIS terrorists will make their way to American shores via a tanker or freighter, bringing with them a deadly concoction of bio-chemical weapons.

The notion that the CIA is plotting a full-scale invasion by ISIS terrorists was first identified on June 14, 2014, when ISIS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi stated “See you in New York”, ultimately confirming that the U.S. is now in the sights of ISIS. Roughly two weeks alter on June 30, 2014, CNN published a report entitled “How to keep ISIS Terror from U.S. Shores”, further confirming that ISIS’ endgame is the full-scale invasion of the U.S.

Since Obama and NATO have openly funded the Syrian Rebels which have since morphed into ISIS, it should come as no surprise that Obama set free the terrorist warlord now leading ISIS. Since Americans have reportedly joined ISIS, it’s just a matter of time before they make their way back to American shores.

A U.S. terrorist invasion will consist of so-called Islamic “terrorists”, including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, ISIS, and Somali Pirates. Since these are all state-sponsored terror groups, they work will have no problem collaborating.

U.S. Border Security Compromised
In order to psychologically prepare Americans for a full-scale ISIS terrorist invasion, a number of propaganda reports have been published which infers that the U.S. border is unsecure and vulnerable to potential terrorists. For example, on July 5, 2014, it was reported that ISIS has ties to Mexican drug lords, implying that the terrorists will get help from Mexico or South America. Two days later on July 7, 2014. Fox News published a report entitled “Border Crisis Could Provide Cover to ISIS Operatives”, foreshadowing the notion that in the aftermath of an ISIS terrorist invasion, illegal immigrants will be scapegoated. Two days later on July 9, 2014, it was reported that a Muslim prayer rug was found on the Arizona Border, a report designed to show that Islamic terrorists have already breached the U.S. border. Lastly, two days later on July 11, 2014, it was reported that TSA is now allowing illegals to fly without a verifiable ID, furthering the notion that U.S. border security is compromised.

maritime-piracy-infographic-2013

ISIS Tanker Hijack
In what appears to be pre-ISIS ship hijack programming, it was revealed on July 3, 2014, that Libya is reopening two oil ports which were previously held by the Syrian Rebels (i.e., ISIS). The report was evidently designed to foreshadow the notion that ISIS has their eyes set on oil tankers. Four days later on July 7, 2014, it was reported that the U.S. Coast Guard is searching for an engineer that is missing from Liberian-flagged tanker off the coast of Texas. Whether this engineer will be used to help ISIS cross the Atlantic is not known, but it’s highly likely. Two days later on July 9, 2014, it was reported that ISIS militants took a sledgehammers to the tomb of the Prophet Jonah, invoking the Biblical narrative of a man spending time inside a fish. Back on August 20, 2013, just days prior to the exposure of the first U.S. terrorist Invasion Terror Plot, it was reported that a tanker entitled the “Wael” was prevented from “illegally entering” Al-Sedra oil terminal by the Libyan Navy. Evidently, the CIA is trying to invoke the Biblical narrative of Jonah hiding in the whale prior to terrorists hiding in a hijacked ship. Whether the “Wael” will be used in the ISIS terrorist invasion of American is not known, but it’s highly likely. As of July 11, 2014, it was revealed that ISIS in now in control of 60§ of Syria’s oil. Needless to say, if they control the oil they have access to oil tankers which may be hijacked and sailed to American shores.

Port of Spain
In the event that a tanker or freighter arrives on American shores filled with ISIS terrorists, the ship will most likely have embarked from a port in Spain. This particular terror narrative was previously witnessed back on October 15, 2013 after Truther.org published a report entitled “Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America: Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab and Syrian Rebel Assault on U.S. Homeland Imminent”. The report forecasted that Spain would be the launching point for a terrorist laden ship heading to America. Coincidentally, 48-hours later on October 17, 2013, it was revealed that the cruise ship entitled the “Disney Magic”, which had been dry docked in Cadiz, Spain after undergoing a “five-week overhaul”, crossed the Atlantic Ocean from Cadiz to Miami, Florida without any passengers. Evidently, the ship was to be hijacked by Islamic terrorists in Spain and sailed to American shores laden with a deadly concoction of chemical weapons. In order to set up a similar terror narrative this time around, it was reported on May 30, 2014, that Spain arrested 6 suspected of recruiting for terror groups. Roughly 2 weeks later on June 16, 2014, it was reported that 8 suspected ISIS supporters were arrested in Spain and that Spanish police broke up another Jihadist recruitment network. Roughly 3-weeks later on July 4, 2014, ISIS terrorists stated that “We’ll take back Spain” and that they plan to seize “occupied lands”. Needless to say, these reports have set the precedent for ISIS-related activities in Spain, most likely involving hijacked ships or airliners.

2296135rakkimyasalsilah

ISIS Bio-Terror
The endgame of the CIA-spawned terrorists known as ISIS (who were secretly trained at a secret base in Jordan) is a bio-chemical terror attack which spawns the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. This particular narrative was first identified on June 19, 2014, when ISIS reportedly stormed a Saddam-era chemical weapons complex in Iraq. Roughly 3-weeks later on July 8, 2014, it was reported that “abandoned” barrels containing deadly sarin were seized by ISIS in rebel-held Syria. Less than 24-hours later on July 9, 2014, it was reported that Iraq has now lost control of a chemical weapons depot to ISIS. Never mind that back on March 31, 2005, “The Commission on the Intelligence Capabilities of the United States Regarding Weapons of Mass Destruction” reported that the intelligence community was “dead wrong” in its assessments of Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction capabilities prior to the U.S. invasion. In other words, there were no WMDs in Iraq but ISIS terrorists have located two bio-chemical weapon depots inside Iraq within 27 days? Needless to say, the entire ISIS-bio-terror narrative has been fabricated by the CIA in order to provide the necessary cover for a state-sponsored bio-chemical attack, one which may be imported to America in the near future.

ISIS Plane Hijack
Breaking news and events in respect to the state-sponsored terrorist group known as ISIS suggests that they will be leaving Iraq for America any day now, most likely via airplane. This particular terror narrative was first identified on June 14, 2014, when ISIS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi stated “See you in New York”. A day later on June 15, 2014, U.S. Senator Lindsay Graham stated that ISIS held territory in Iraq will be the next 9/11 “staging area”. Less than 24-hours later on June 16, 2014, CBS News published a report entitled “Will ISIS Plan a 9/11-Style Terror Plot against the U.S.?”, further foreshadowing the notion that ISIS will be hijacking planes. A week later on June 23, 2014, Zionist U.S. Senator Diane Feinstein stated in respect to ISIS that “There will be plots to kill Americans”. That same day on June 23, 2014, former Vice President Dick Cheney stated that another 9/11 is coming, only “far deadlier”. How these politicians in Washington, D.C. know the secret plans of terrorists in the desert of Iraq is impossible unless of course the politicians and the terrorists are being controlled by the same entity—the CIA. Lastly, on June 25, 2014, it was reported that Americans have now joined ISIS and that ISIS is trying to grab its own air force, further confirming that an ISIS hijack is now imminent.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the 2012 Democratic National Convention Terror Plot, the man-made asteroid attack planned for 2014, and the drone strike which killed “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
June 10, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Unable to execute the Flight MH370 terror attack on the 2014 UEFA Champions League Final in Portugal on May 24, 2014, it now appears that the CIA will attempt to use Malaysian Airline Flight MH370 in a 9/11-style terror attack on the 2014 NBA Finals between the San Antonio Spurs and the Miami Heat at American Airlines Arena in Miami, Florida.

Aside from the fact that American Airlines Arena has a massive airplane silhouette on the roof (the only arena or stadium in the world with such an image), the NBA arena is located directly on Biscayne Bay in Miami, Florida. Therefore, Flight MH370 could theoretically come in off the Atlantic Ocean at full speed, not giving the U.S. military enough time to defend U.S. airspace from the attack.

A terror scenario in which a concoction of so-called Islamic “jihad” terrorists, including but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels) and the Libyan Rebels, fill Flight MH370 with bio-chemical weapons to attack the a 2014 NBA Finals in Miami is now a real possibility.

It’s no secret that Flight MH370 was hijacked by the CIA specifically to import a biological and/or nuclear terror attack to Europe or the United States. Considering they were previously thwarted in their May 24, 2014, attack on the 2014 UEFA Champions League Final, it stands to reason that they will try once again, possibly in Miami.

2014 NBA Finals Games in Miami:

Game 3: June 10, 2014: San Antonio Spurs @ Miami Heat (American Airlines Arena)
Game 4: June 12, 2014: San Antonio Spurs @ Miami Heat (American Airlines Arena)
Game 6: June 17, 2014: San Antonio Spurs @ Miami Heat (American Airlines Arena)

The notion that the 2014 NBA Finals could be under the threat of state-sponsored terror was revealed on March 19, 2014, when the Al Qaeda magazine “Inspire” listed “sporting events” among its new targets. Since Al Qaeda is the primary terrorist arm of the CIA, the magazine’s respective targets are in essence what the CIA is planning to attack.

Although a Flight MH370 bio-terror attack is “Plan A”, other Miami terror scenarios include but are not limited to: a) a gun-related massacre, b) a domestic bio-terror attack, and c) an Oklahoma City-like bombing. Terror attacks during the NBA Finals could occur within the American Airlines Arena, just outside of it, or at a local tourist attraction such as Miami Beach, South Beach, or the University of Miami.

Based on the history of state-sponsored terrorism, the CIA could also engineer a so-called “accident” or “natural disaster” (e.g., biological outbreak, earthquake, stadium collapse, vehicle manslaughter, gas explosion, fire, etc.) that would kill and terrorize thousands of NBA fans in attendance, as well as the millions watching around the world.

Syria Bio-Terror Trending
In order to create a plausible terror narrative prior to a Flight MH70 bio-terror attack in Miami, a number of propaganda reports have been published in respect to the Syrian Rebels, bio-terrorism and airports. For example, on May 22, 2014, it was reported that Syria has fallen short of surrendering its “lethal chemicals”. Five days later on May 29, 2014, it was reported that a U.S. citizen carried out a suicide attack in Syria, ultimately giving the terrorists a U.S. connection. A day later on May 30, 2014, Fox News published a report entitled “Time Running out for Syria to Remove Chemical Weapons Stockpile”, insinuating that an bio-terror attack is imminent. Less than 24-hours later on May 31, 2014, a ‘Syria-related’ terror arrest was reportedly made at Heathrow Airport in London, an ominous sign that terrorists are now on the move. Two days later on June 2, 2014, a terrorist just home from Syria was captured in France with a gas mask, foreshadowing the notion that terrorists are training for a bio-terror attack. A day later on June 3, 2014, the former U.S. Ambassador to Syria stated that he could no longer “defend the American policy”, a sign that the terrorist chickens in Syria are coming home to roost. Lastly, on June 4, 2014, ABC News published a report entitled “Envoy: Last Dangerous Chemicals Must Leave Syria”. The report was clearly designed to show that Syria’s bio-chemicals are getting ready to leave Syria, possibly via Flight MH370.

Airplane Terror Trending
Prior to a Malaysian Airline Flight MH370 bio-terror attack, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Fraudulent headlines and fabricated events are a slick way of convincing people that yes, it can happen. As evidenced, airplane-related terror events are occurring at an unprecedented rate which suggests that a state-sponsored terror attack involving an airplane is imminent.

Airplane Terror Timeline:

1. March 23, 2014: Turkey shoots down Syrian plane it says violated air space
2. March 24, 2014: Five feared dead after Colorado plane crash
3. March 24, 2014: MH370 lost, plane went down in Indian Ocean, no survivors – Malaysia Airlines
4. March 24, 2014: Fighter jets intercept plane that breached summit flight restriction
5. March 28, 2014: 5 die in Indian air force cargo plane crash
6. March 28, 2014: ‘Mystery aircraft’ over Texas draws speculation of real spy plane
7. March 29, 2014: Off-duty pilot convicted of groping 14-year-old girl on flight
8. March 29, 2014: Tribesmen pictured jabbing their spears as they see an airplane for the first time
9. April 1, 2014: Bay Area: Lightning strikes 6 flights in an hour on Monday
10. April 4, 2014:Plane from Guinea briefly quarantined in Paris after Ebola scare
11. April 11, 2014: Air Marshal director stepping down amid agency gun scheme probe
12. April 13, 2014: American Airlines Reports Teen’s Terroristic Tweet
13. April 14, 2014: Flight diverted after passenger attempts to open door mid-flight
14. April 14, 2014: US Airways apologizes for lewd photo sent via Twitter
15. April 14, 2014: Pentagon says Russian jet buzzed U.S. warship
16. April 15, 2014: Teen girl who sent terroristic tweet to AA is arrested
17. April 18, 2014: FBI: Threat to Delta flight from Detroit to Denver not credible
18. April 19, 2014: Clearest picture yet of mystery aircraft spotted flying over Kansas
19. April 20, 2014: Malaysia Airlines flight turns back to Kuala Lumpur
20. April 21, 2014: Teen survives 5.5-hour flight in jet’s wheel well
21. April 23, 2014:No-fly list used by FBI to coerce Muslims into informing, lawsuit claims
22. April 25, 2014: Drunk passenger causes hijack scare on flight in Bali
23. April 28, 2014:Russian “Doomsday Plane” Active For 4th Consecutive Day
24. April 29, 2014: Indy airport: 3 emergency landings, 13 diversions in 1 day
25. April 30, 2014: Two planes collide over San Francisco Bay
26. May 2, 2014: Spy Plane Fries Air Traffic Control Computers, Shuts Down LAX
27. May 5, 2014: Pilot killed in crash at base air show
28. May 6, 2014: FAA computer vexed by U-2 spy plane over LA
29. May 8, 2014: What is this mysterious aircraft filmed ‘blitzing Taliban base in Afghanistan’?
30. May 10, 2014: Two balloon crash victims were college basketball staffers
31. May 10, 2014: Airliner nearly collides with drone over Florida
32. May 11, 2014: US Airways flight lands in Dublin after 9 attendants fall ill
33. May 11, 2014: Small plane carrying French tourists crashes in Ariz.
34. May 11, 2014: Passenger jet converted into luxury hotel in Costa Rica rainforest
35. May 12, 2014: Unidentified flying plane caught on camera
36. May 13, 2014: Woman Gives Birth to Twins Mid-Flight
37. May 13, 2014: Yemeni jet hits 3 trucks carrying weapons in south
38. May 13, 2014: Daryl Hannah’s flight terror as jet loses air pressure
39. May 14, 2014: FBI: Drunken Passenger Gropes 3 on UK-Bound Flight
40. May 15, 2014: Two Weeks Ago, I Almost Died in the Deadliest Plane Crash Ever
41. May 16, 2014: 2 jetliners in near collision over Hawaii
42. May 17, 2014: Two ministers among 17 killed in Laos plane crash
43. May 19, 2014: Supreme Court to hear air marshal case about secrecy
44. May 20, 2014: Flight From Italy Bound For Philly Diverted To Ireland — Again
45. May 21, 2014: Dangerous Bacteria Could Linger in Airplanes
46. May 23, 2014: Report: 2 Planes Nearly Collided Mid-Air During Takeoff At Houston Airport
47. May 26, 2014: Passengers, crew on Australian aircraft exposed to toxic fumes – report
48. May 29, 2014: Near miss reported between Alaska Airlines passenger jet, cargo plane
49. May 29, 2014: Texas pilot accused of smuggling bags of cocaine inside his stomach
50. May 30, 2014: Musicians Fight Back When US Airways Refuses Violins in Cabin
51. May 30, 2014: Dog pooping on US Airways flight forces unscheduled landing
52. May 31, 2014: Plane leaving Massachusetts air field catches fire
53. June 3, 2014: Russian jet nearly collides with U.S. surveillance aircraft in ‘reckless’ intercept in Asia
54. June 3, 2014: Pilot who crashed at Louisiana McDonald’s had reported problem
55. June 4, 2014: Ohio woman dies after accidentally walking into plane propeller
56. June 5, 2014: Corpse found in wheel well of KLM plane at Amsterdam’s Schiphol airport
57. June 5, 2014: Military Harrier jet crashes into residential area in California
58. June 5, 2014: Navy fighter jet crashes off California coast, pilot in stable condition
59. June 6, 2014: Flier arrested for alleged threat: ‘I kill white people’
60. June 9, 2014: Jets make contact in Boston; no injuries reported

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

NBA & DHS Terror Partnership
In what appears to be an ominous sign that state-sponsored terror attack against the NBA is imminent, it was revealed on February 15, 2011, that a new terror partnership had been forged between DHS and the NBA. According to reports, “Secretary of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano joined National Basketball Association (NBA) Commissioner David Stern to announce a new partnership between the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS) “If You See Something, Say Something™” public awareness campaign and the NBA—an effort that will help ensure the security of fans, players and employees by encouraging fans to identify and report suspicious activity”. Roughly a year after this terror partnership was consummated, Truther.org identified and exposed a state-sponsored skinhead terror plot to attack NBA Players at the All-Star Game in Orlando, Florida on February 26, 2012. A year or so later on June 9, 2013, another terror plot to attack the 2013 NBA Finals terror plot in Miami, Florida was also exposed. Needless to say, the NBA is on the short-list of high-profile state-sponsored terror targets.

NBA Bio-Terror
The notion of an impending NBA bio-terror attack was recently exposed on September 15, 2013, when it was revealed that a NBA bio-terror drill was executed by the U.S. Marine Corps at the Barclays Center in Brooklyn, New York, just prior to a game between the Brooklyn Nets and the Boston Celtics. An NBA bio-terror attack would likely mirror the 2013 NCAA Final Four Bio-Terror Plot in which African-American basketball players were to be targeted with a “live” bio-terror agent. This type of terror attack would be executed with the goal of starting a “race war” in America while simultaneously sparking the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. As depicted in the Truther.org’s sister website BioTerrorBible.com, the genesis of the 2014 bio-terror pandemic will be a “made-for-TV event” whereby millions will witness a bio-terror outbreak on “live” television. This so called bio-terror “event” will likely occur when the agents known as anthrax (Bacillus anthracis) or smallpox (Variola major) are released into a controlled environment such as an enclosed NBA arena.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the 2012 Democratic National Convention Terror Plot, the man-made asteroid attack planned for 2014, and the drone strike which killed “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Roland Garros 2014

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
June 5, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Unable to execute an attack on the 2014 Cannes Festival in Cannes, France, or the Flight MH370 attack on the 2014 UEFA Champions League Final in Lisbon, Portugal, it now appears that the CIA is planning to execute a “jihad” terror attack at the 2014 French Open which is currently taking place at the Stade Roland Garros in Paris, France until June 8, 2014.

Considering that President Barack Obama will be in France until June 6, 2014 celebrating the 70th anniversary of D-Day, an attack on the French Open semi-finals would be a timely political boost for both Obama and French President François Hollande who are currently extremely unpopular in their respective countries.

In order to further highlight the country of France just prior to an attack, it was reported on June 5, 2014, that when Russian President Vladimir Putin met Britain Prime Minister David Cameron in France, they purposely avoided a handshake upon greeting. Needless to say, the incident was the epitome of a publicity stunt.

The notion that the 2014 French Open is under the threat of state-sponsored terror was revealed on March 19, 2014, when the Al Qaeda magazine “Inspire” listed tennis matches and stadiums among its new targets. Since Al Qaeda is the primary terrorist arm of the CIA, the magazine’s respective targets are in essence what the CIA is planning to attack.

Consequently, the most likely 2014 French Open terror scenario is a gun-related massacre and/or an Al Qaeda bio-terror attack with biological weapons emanating from Syria. That being said, there is always the chance that the CIA could engineer a so-called “accident” or “natural disaster” (e.g., earthquake, stadium collapse, vehicle crash, gas explosion, fire, etc.) whereby scores of tennis fans are either killed or terrorized.

In order to draw unprecedented media attention to the sport of tennis just prior to a terror attack on one of its four Grand Slam events, it was reported on May 7, 2014, that 4 people were found dead in a fire at a home owned by professional tennis player James Blake. Whether this tragedy was an accident is not known, but Roman-like blood sacrifices often precede state-sponsored terror attacks.

In what appears to be a séance in a Roman-like blood sacrifice involving a tennis attack, the singer Lorde performed her new single “Tennis Court” at the 2014 Billboard Music Awards on May 18, 2014, despite the fact that the song was released on June 7, 2013. Lorde’s timely performance of “Tennis Court” is reminiscent of Alicia Keys’ song “Girl on Fire” (see video) which was released on September 4, 2012, the same day as the 2012 Democratic National Convention in North Carolina which was slated for a 9/11-style kamikaze bio-terror attack.

French Terror Trending
In the event that the 2014 French Open is targeted in Paris, Islamic terrorists will most likely be scapegoated for the attack. Coincidentally, on May 29, 2014, it was reported that EUROPOL figures now show that France is the terror capital of Europe. Two days later on June 1, 2014, French President Hollande vowed to battle homecoming jihadists, a statement made to give him plausible deniability in the wake of a French terror attack. Less than 24-hours later on June 2, 2014, it was revealed that the captured Jewish Museum shooting suspect was carrying weapons and a gas mask, foreshadowing a possible bio-terror attack in France. The suspect, who is implicated in the aforementioned 2014 Cannes Film Festival Terror Plot, recently came back from Syria where he was likely training with terrorists. The notion that Syrian-based Al Qaeda terrorists are traveling north toward Europe was confirmed a second time on May 31, 2014, when it was reported that a ‘Syria-related’ terror arrest was made at Heathrow Airport in London. Roughly a week later on June 6, 2014, a corpse was found in wheel well of KLM plane at Amsterdam’s Schiphol Airport in the Netherlands. Predictably, the ethnicity of the corpse was not released which suggests the report was designed to foreshadow unwanted and potentially hazardous people making their way to Europe via airplane.

European Terror Trending

Prior to a high-profile terror attack in France, Europeans must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Fraudulent headlines and fabricated events are a slick way of convincing people that yes, it can happen. As evidenced, terror-related news and events are trending at an unprecedented rate which suggests that a state-sponsored attack in Europe is now imminent. Starting on June 1, 2014, it was reported that a “highly radioactive substance” was found in a dump in Switzerland. Two days later on June 3, 2014, a massive explosion and fire erupted at a Shell plant in Moerdijk, Netherlands. Like most unexplained explosions these days, it was likely cause by a NATO drone strike. Less than 24-hours later on June 4, 2014, Finnish police reportedly arrested a woman suspected of manslaughter after finding 5 dead babies in her basement. Also on June 4, 2014, it was reported that 800 babies were buried in septic tank at Irish home for unmarried mothers. Lastly, also on June 4, 2014, it was revealed that a “major terrorism trial” may be held in secret for first time in UK legal history. According to reports, the two defendants, known only as AB and CD, are being charged with “serious terror offences”. Information in regards to their case is mysteriously being withheld from the public, and the media are reportedly banned from being present in court during their upcoming trial. Needless to say, these reports were designed to shock Europe so that they collectively acquiesce to state-sponsored terror attacks at the 2014 French Open in Paris.

3888287_jnemm

FLASHBACK: 2014 Cannes Film Festival Attack Foiled
As depicted in the June 1, 2014, Truther.org report entitled “Obama White House Linked to Murder of 14 Special Forces over Memorial Day Weekend”, back on Saturday, May 21, 2014, Truther.org issued a terror warning in respect to an impending attack on the 2014 Cannes Film Festival in Cannes, France. Less than 24-hours later, it was revealed that the missing British yacht which was evidently hijacked for the attack on Cannes was suddenly found. The timing of the report was curious considering that the search for the missing vessel was officially called off roughly 72-hours prior. Regardless, three days later on May 24, 2014, a total of 3 Special Forces were executed in Brussels, Belgium. A total of 4 commandos were targeted, but one of them managed to escape. After a weeklong nationwide manhunt, French police finally arrested Mehdi Nemmouche on June 1, 2014. Coincidentally, Nemmouche recently spent a year in Syria training with terrorists, fitting the Cannes attack profile perfectly. In order hide the fact that this was a mass execution, it was reported that the attack was “anti-Semitic” in nature and that two of the victims were female. Aside from Nemmouche, the names and photos of the dead have not been released.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the 2012 Democratic National Convention Terror Plot, the man-made asteroid attack planned for 2014, and the drone strike which killed “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Obama-Benghazi

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
June 1, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that the Obama administration, at the behest of the CIA, is planning to execute a Benghazi-like attack in order to bolster the floundering “War on Terror” and bait Americans into a civil war at home.

Although a Benghazi-like attack could theoretically take place anywhere in Africa or the Middle East, recent reports suggest that Libya or Yemen are the most feasible targets. A second attack in Libya would obviously evoke the memories of the 2012 Benghazi attack, which is exactly why it is such a lucrative target.

That being said, on May 8, 2014, the U.S. suspended public operations at its embassy in Yemen, so attack may be forthcoming there as well. State-sponsored terror plots generally involve more than one target so that just in case the primary target is no longer viable, “Plan B” can be instituted.

In order to rehash the Benghazi terror narrative just prior to another attack on a U.S. embassy or consulate, it was reported on May 17, 2014, that fighting in Benghazi, Libya left 36 people dead. Less than 24-hours later on May 18, 2014, a so-called “rogue” Libyan general ordered his troops to attack the Libyan parliament, highlighting an attack on a government facility in Libya.

Two days later on May 20, 2014, the Pentagon stated that they are now preparing for the full-scale evacuation of all U.S. personnel from Libya. Five days later on May 27, 2014, the U.S. State Department called for all U.S. citizens to immediately leave Libya. Both events have psychologically prepared Americans for Libya-related terror attacks against U.S. interests.

Also on May 27, 2014, it was revealed that the U.S. has now deployed a warship off the coast of Libya, an ominous sign that an assault is currently being planned by the U.S. Navy for Libya. According to reports, the USS Bataan, an amphibious assault ship, was ordered off the coast of Libya with 1,000 Marines just “in case the U.S. embassy must be evacuated”.

The report goes on to state that the move is “precautionary” just in case conditions in Libya “worsen and require the embassy’s evacuation”. The worsening conditions are reportedly due to timely “militia battles [which] have plunged the country into anarchy”.

Staged terror events are evidently planned for Libya and the USS Bantaan has been strategically placed off of Libya so that the U.S. Navy can play hero in the aftermath of another U.S. embassy or consulate-related terror attack. Suffice to say, all the necessary ingredients for a Benghazi-like attack in Libya are now in place.

Less than 24-hours later on May 28, 2014, it was revealed that U.S, special operations troops are training counterterrorism units in Africa, including the country of Libya. Translation: the U.S. is now training Special Forces for terror attacks in Africa, most likely against a U.S. embassy or consulate in Libya.

In order to bring unprecedented media attention to the 2012 Benghazi attack just prior to a déjà vu-like attack, USA Today published a report on May 30, 2014, entitled “Clinton: Politicizing Benghazi is Wrong, Unworthy of Country”. Contradictory to the headline, Hillary Clinton included an entire chapter on Benghazi in her new book.

According to the book “Hard Choices” (2014), Clinton states: “I will not be a part of a political slugfest on the backs of dead Americans…It’s just plain wrong, and it’s unworthy of our great country. Those who insist on politicizing the tragedy will have to do so without me.” Evidently, the timing of Clinton’s book was slated to coincide with another Benghazi-like terror attack.

The reality is that the 2012 Benghazi attack was staged by the CIA in order to steer Americans away from the real terror plots that the Obama administration has been caught red-handed trying to commit (e.g.,the 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot, the 2012 Democratic National Convention Terror Plot, the 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot, etc.). A second Benghazi-like attack would have the same basic motivation.

Embassy & Consulate Terror Trending
Prior to a high-profile Benghazi-like terror attack, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Fraudulent headlines and fabricated events are a slick way of convincing people that yes, it can happen. As evidenced, anti-government-related terror is trending which may commence with another terror attack on a U.S. governmental facility.

Embassy & Consulate Terror Timeline
:

1. May 8, 2014: U.S. suspends public operations at embassy in Yemen
2. May 18, 2014: Rogue Libyan general’s troops attack parliament
3. May 23, 2014: Gunmen open fire on Indian Consulate in Afghanistan
4. May 28, 2014: 2 injured in attack on U.S. consular vehicle in Afghanistan

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made asteroid attack planned for 2014, and the drone strike which killed “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

GITMO Prison Break

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
May 23, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that a plane (possibly Malaysian Airline Flight MH370 which was hijacked in an “act of piracy”) or some sort of ship will be commandeered by Islamic terrorists (e.g., Al Qaeda, Boko Haram, and/or the Syrian Rebels) in a quest to travel from Africa or the Middle East to the island of Cuba.

Once on the island of Cuba, the concoction of terrorists will launch a deadly assault on the Guantanamo Bay Naval Base (GITMO) in an attempt to free their Islamic brethren (i.e., the high value terror detainees) which are currently being held there against their will. Once free, the group of terrorists will infiltrate the U.S. via the state of Florida where they will execute an unprecedented wave of terror attacks throughout America.

READ: Operation Northwoods 2.0 Authorized By Obama

The notion of Islamic terrorists successfully attacking a U.S. military base recently occurred on April 23, 2014, when a “secret American base” in Libya was reportedly seized by jihadists. Coincidentally, that same day, a report from U.S. Congress found that 1,400 security breaches have occurred within the U.S. since 9/11. Two weeks later on May 7, 2014, U.S. Senators questioned whether DHS allowed those with “terror ties” into the U.S., ultimately foreshadowing a terrorist invasion.

READ: Malaysian Flight MH 370 Hijacked for Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America?

Back on April 30, 2014, it was revealed that Al Qaeda affiliated groups are gaining strength, a propaganda report designed to convey that Islamic attacks are imminent. As of May 21, 2014, it was revealed that a “stream of al Qaeda threats” has U.S. intelligence officials concerned. A day later on May 22, 2014, it was reported that Somali’s al-Qaeda militants have vowed to bring the war to the U.S. Somalia is known for its piracy and therefore the report foreshadows the notion of a hijacked ship making its way to America.

READ: U.S. Greenlights Terrorist Invasion by Islamic Terrorists

State-sponsored terror plots featuring Islamic terrorists from Africa and the Middle East invading the continental United States have previously been identified and thwarted by Truther.org on three separate occasions: a) U.S. Terrorist Invasion Terror Plot (August 24, 2013); b) “Operation Northwoods 2.0” (April 4, 2013); and c) U.S. Invasion by Islamic Terrorists (February 22, 2014). In each terror plot, a concoction of so-called Islamic “terrorists” including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates were slated to invade the U.S. in order to launch a wave of unprecedented terror attacks which would inevitably spark the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014.

??????????????????

Florida Commando Drill
In what appears to be the terror drill for a Special Forces terror attack in the Caribbean, commandos from at least 18 nations executed a terror drill on May 20, 2014 in Tampa, Florida. According to reports, the terror drill involved the rescue of a hostage from “Jihadis” (i.e., terrorists). The terror drill consisted of 6-man teams inside Blackhawk helicopters, 14-man team converging in ground vehicles on the “enemy encampment” along Harbour Island Boulevard, and secondary 14-man team infiltrating the base via the water with a rigid-hull inflatable boat. Due to the location, timing and nature of the drill, it appears that these commandos were preparing for an attack on Guantanamo Bay Naval Base in Cuba.

READ: Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America: A State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessment

GITMO Bio-Terror Attack
At some point during a Al Qaeda/Syrian Rebel attack on GITMO, the terrorists will likely launch a bio-chemical attack just as they reportedly did on April 11, 2014, potentially sparking the global pandemic planned for 2014. The notion of bio-chemicals traveling via ship was recently witnessed on May 18, 2014, when a freighter carrying “dangerous chemicals” ran aground in the Galápagos Islands. In what appears to be pre-Caribbean bio-terror programming, it was reported on May 21, 2014, that a fourth Floridian has now been diagnosed with the Chikungunya Virus, a mosquito-borne virus native to the Caribbean. Predictably, just prior to a bio-chemical terror attack emanating out of Syria, it was revealed on May 22, 2014, that Syria has fallen short of surrendering its “lethal chemicals”.

GITMO Trending
In order to bring unprecedented media attention to the terror detainees at Guantanamo Bay Naval Base prior to a prison break, it was reported on May 17, 2014, that a U.S. judge temporarily halted the force-feeding of Guantanamo prisoner. Four days later on May 21, 2014, it was reported that Yasiin Bey (aka Mos Def) was not allowed to re-enter U.S. Because Mos Def is known for his GITMO protests, the report highlights both GITMO and the U.S. border just prior to an attack on the base. Less than 48-hours later on May 23, 2014, Fox News published a report entitled “Al Qaeda Terrorists at Guantanamo Treated Better than Our Vets”. That same day, it was also revealed that state-sponsored activists across globe are now demanding the closure of Guantanamo. Needless to say, these timely GITMO reports were published in order to highlight Guantanamo just prior to a prison break. Interestingly, it was reported on May 7, 2014, that Cuba has foiled a terror plot by exiles who planned ‘violent actions’. The report foreshadows the notion that Islamic terrorists may have help on the island when they decide to launch their attack on GITMO.

Boko Haram Attack?
Back on May 19, 2014, it was revealed that Boko Haram will not release any of the 276 kidnapped girls until Islamic prisoners are released. Because Boko Haram is the CIA terror arm in West Africa, it’s possibly that they may engineer the hijacking of a plane and/or ship in order to travel to Cuba to free their Islamic brethren held at Guantanamo Bay Naval Base. Touted as the “Al Qaeda of West Africa”, Boko Haram is geographically the closest terror group to the Caribbean which is likely why they were formed by the CIA in the first place. In the event that terrorists affiliated with Boko Haram attacks GITMO, it will come shortly after an 8-nation summit on May 17, 2014, in which the U.S. along with other nations declared “total war” on Boko Haram in response to the 276 girls were kidnapped in Nigeria on April 14, 2014. In short, the unreleased Islamic prisoners followed by a declaration of war conveniently serves as a timely “motive” for revenge attacks against the U.S.

GITMO Attack Aftermath
In the wake of an Islamic terrorist invasion, U.S. President Barack Obama would declare martial law and set-up military checkpoints throughout America in order to “hunt” for the terrorists. The concoction of Islamic terrorists would evade capture by working together with American citizens who would then commit future acts of terror. This scenario would bring about the emergence of “White Al Qaeda” which would ultimately give Obama carte blanche to authorize autonomous drone strikes on all American citizens. The predator drones would systematically dispose of all political opposition (e.g., gun owners, conservatives, preppers, etc.) along with the Islamic terrorists at the same time. Naturally, this type of aggression by Obama would spark a civil war—exactly what it’s intended to do.

I. GITMO PRISON BEAK:

1.1: Prison Terror Trending
Prior to an unprecedented terror attack on a prison complex like GITMO, the American public must be psychologically programmed by intelligence agencies through various media reports and staged events to accept that this is in fact possible. As evidenced, prison-related headlines are trending at an unprecedented rate which suggests that a state-sponsored attack on GITMO is now imminent. Interestingly, the notion that Islamic terrorists attacking secure prisons was just witnessed on April 15, 2014, when Iraq reportedly closed the infamous Abu Ghraib prison amid security concerns. A day later, Islamic terrorists in Libya kidnapped the Jordanian ambassador and demanded that prisoners be released.

Prison Headlines:

1. April 2, 2014: 300 Inmates Escape From Chilean Prison Following Deadly 8.2 Quake
2. April 3, 2014: Israel says it won’t release Palestinian prisoners
3. May 1, 2014: 2 die, dozens hurt as explosion shatters Florida jail
4. May 13, 2014: Nigeria weighs prisoner swap as US sends surveillance planes to find girls
5. May 13, 2014: ICE Release of 36,000 Criminal Immigrants a President-Sanctioned Prison Break
6. May 13, 2014: California considers distributing condoms to prisoners
7. May 16, 2014: Guess where TSA’s invasive scanners are now? Prisons
8. May 17, 2014: Brazil prisoners take over 120 hostages – official
9. May 21, 2014: Prison system is failing America
10. May 22, 2014: Inmates allege sexual abuse by prison doctor

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines of events]

131348062_11n

1.2: Camp 7 Attack
In an April 13, 2014 Associated Press report, Guantanamo Bay’s secret “Camp 7” was openly exposed which may indicate that GITMO may soon suffer a terrorist attack. According to the report, attorney James Connell visited the secret Guantanamo prison complex known as Camp 7 in order to meet with his terror detainee client Ammar al-Baluchi. Connell, who was reportedly taken secret covered military base in a van with covered windows, was explicitly ordered not to say what he saw at the secret camp. Since attorneys are in essence trained liars, Connell may divulge information about Camp 7 for the right price. Therefore, it’s possible that he was able to garner the exact location of Camp 7 using a GPS tracking device via a microchip, laptop or cellphone. According to the report, Camp 7 is “so shrouded in secrecy that its location on the U.S. base in Cuba is classified and officials refuse to discuss it”. Consequently, Camp 7 is not mentioned in the military media handout about the detention center, it has never been part of the scripted tours of Guantanamo, and there are no published photos of it. In other words, Camp 7 is highly classified for it is where “the most notorious terror suspects in U.S. custody are held”. According to the AP report, Camp 7 holds 15 of the 154 prisoners at Guantanamo, including Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, who is touted as the mastermind of the 9/11 attack. Camp 7 also holds a Saudi prisoner who has been charged with orchestrating the deadly USS Cole bombing in 2000. In order to bring unprecedented media attention to Camp 7 just prior a terrorist attack, the Senate Intelligence Committee voted on April 3, 2014, to declassify a portion of a review of the U.S. detention and interrogation program. This motion was opposed by the CIA because it is expected to disclose various facts related to torture, especially in Camp 7. Interestingly, the report states that Camp 7 is “apparently falling apart”, thereby making it vulnerable to an impending terrorist attack. Marine Gen. John F. Kelly, commander of Miami-based Southern Command, reportedly told Congress that Camp 7 has become “increasingly unsustainable due to drainage and foundation issues” and needs to be replaced. In the wake of a successful prison break, Camp 7’s shoddy condition will likely be cited in Congress as the main reason that base security was breached.

2.3: Terrorists on the Loose
In order to create plausible deniability for U.S. and NATO officials in the wake of an Islamic terrorist invasion of the U.S., a rather large and undisclosed amount of “terrorists” have inexplicably and simultaneously been released from prison. For example, on February 13, 2014, Afghanistan reportedly freed 65 Al Qaeda terror inmates that the U.S. called “dangerous”. The president of Afghanistan, Hamid Karzai, is a former UNOCAL oil executive which further shows the naked duplicity of international intelligence agencies and their minions which are stationed in power positions around the globe. Also on February 13, 2014, militants reportedly attacked a prison in Yemen, freeing several key Al-Qaeda members in the process. That same day, it was also reported that the Palestinian Authority has shelled out millions of dollars to terrorists released from prison, ultimately giving terrorists the funds they need to facilitate new and deadly terrorist attacks against the West. Predictably, it’s just a matter of time before these newly freed terrorists will collude and launch a new terror attacks against America. In order to set the precedent for impending acts of state-sponsored terrorism, it was reported on February 14, 2014, that global terrorism and insurgency attacks have surged 150% in the last 5 years.

2.4: Syria Terror Blinking Red
As evidenced, news and events in respect to Al Qaeda, Syrian Rebels, and chemical attacks are trending and may commence with an attack on Cuba and/or the U.S. Starting on February 4, 2014, so-called top intelligence chiefs warned that Syria could become base for attacks against America, ultimately confirming that a Syria-based attack on the U.S. has been authorized. Roughly a month later, on March 3, 2014, it was reported that Los Angeles gangbangers have now surfaced in Syria, ultimately providing a direct terror link between the United States and Syria. A day later on March 4, 2014, it was revealed that Syria still has over two-thirds of its chemical weapons supply, a clear violation of international law. A week later on March 11, 2014, it was revealed that UK police had arrested 4 men on suspicion of Syria-linked terror offenses, confirming that terrorists are now traveling out of Syria to the West. Three days later on March 14, 2014, it was reported that Saudis hardened by the wars in Syria and Iraq have joined al Qaeda in Yemen, furthering the notion that terrorists are traveling out of Syria. Also on March 14, 2014, it was reported that Spain had arrested 7 Islamic militants who recruited and sent fighters for al Qaeda terrorist organizations in Syria and Mali. On March 18, 2014, a California man who had allegedly tried to join Syria Rebels was arrested for plotting a gas attack on the LA subway system. Roughly two weeks later on April 1, 2014, it was revealed by a U.N. envoy that Islamic militants in Syria were preparing a chemical attack. Roughly 48-hours later on April 3, 2014, a Syrian Rebel leader admitted that he fights alongside Al-Qaeda, further confirming that the Rebels and Al Qaeda are one and the same entity. A week later on April 10, 2014, Eric Harroun, the “American Jihadist” who fought in Syria, suddenly died, an ominous sign that the Rebels are turning on the U.S. who has been funding them. A day later on April 11, 2014, the UK government stated that Syria jihadists are the biggest threat to UK national security. Needless to say, the aforementioned reports were designed to show that terrorists emanating from Syria are traveling across Europe and the Middle East at will, thereby making the notion of a massive terrorist collaboration and subsequent invasion of the U.S. seem all the more likely. In what may have paved the way for an airline hijacking or the departure of Flight MH370, it was reported on May 18, 2014, that the Head of Syria’s air defense was killed. Two days later it reported by Fox News that the conflict in Syria is serving as a ‘training ground’ for jihadists.

5. Syria-Based Bio-Terror
Syria’s chemical weapons were slated to play a key role in recently foiled bio-terror plots which are depicted in the October 14, 2013 Truther.org report entitled “Terrorist Hijack of Syria’s Chemical & Biological Weapons”; the October 15, 2013, Truther.org report entitled, “Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America”; and the January 7, 2014, Truther.org report entitled “Hijack of Syria’s Chemical Weapons in the Mediterranean by Al Qaeda and/or Somali Pirates Imminent”. Since these 3 particular terror plots were exposed and subsequently foiled, it now appears that intelligence agencies have resorted to “Plan D” in their quest to start a global bio-terror pandemic. The notion of a new Syrian-based bio-chemical attack was first identified on January 30, 2014, when the U.S. stated that Syria was delaying its chemical disarmament and that Syria had shipped out less than 5% of its chemical weapons. Three days later on February 2, 2014, it was reported that Syrian President Assad was stockpiling chemical weapons as ‘insurance policy’, potentially foreshadowing the notation that he may use them in an upcoming attack. That same day, Fox News published a report entitled, “Syria to Ship More Chemical Weapons Abroad for Destruction”, foreshadowing the notion that Syria’s chemical weapons could go abroad and cause destruction. A day later on February 5, 2014, Syria reportedly missed a deadline in respect to its chemical weapons, ultimately putting the country in bad standing with the international community. Most recently, on April 13, 2014, the Syria rebels executed another gas attack in Syria, their second in less than a year after the Ghouta Chemical Attack on August 21, 2013.Predictably, just days prior to a new bio-chemical terror attack emanating out of Syria, it was revealed on May 22, 2014, by a U.S. official that Syria has fallen short of surrendering its “lethal chemicals”.

6. Al-Qaeda Bio-Terror
Back on May 15, 2012, it was reported that Robert Tilford, a former soldier and a graduate of the U.S. Army Infantry School in Georgia, stated in writing that al-Qaeda members have created their own brigades in an effort to take over Syria and their dangerous chemical weapons stockpile. Tilford stated that, “U.S. officials deny al-Qaeda is part of the rebel movement it is helping to arm and equip in some cases…but that is another story…The fact is the US has no good plan on what to do if Syria collapses, the military loses control or if Al-Qaeda manages to steal chemical weapons from one or all of the more than 50 suspected sites in that country”. According to a February 1, 2014, report, an Al Qaeda-owned chemical weapons lab was found in Iraq. Coincidentally, 20 days later on February 21, 2014, it was reported that a bacteria found in rabbits could be turned into bioweapon by terrorists, furthering the notion that terrorists and bioweapons are about to hop on over to the U.S. from Africa or the Middle East. Most recently, on April 3, 2014, it was revealed that a Syrian Rebel leader admitted that fights alongside Al-Qaeda. Only 10 days later on April 13, 2014, the Syria rebels were once again implicated in a poison gas attack. A scenario in which bio-chemical weapons from Syria are transported to American shores is definitely part of the working terror narrative.

7. Pirate Attack?
Although a ship-based invasion of the U.S. is unlikely at this point, state-sponsored terror plots usually have built in options and a ship attack may be one of them. Back on March 17, 2014, U.S. Navy SEALs reportedly seized an oil tanker from Libyan rebels. Whether this tanker ship will be used to ferry hundreds of Al Qaeda/Syrian Revels to Cuba or the U.S. is not known, but it is possible based on recent headlines which have been published in respect to Islamic piracy. Back on February 20, 2014, a former Guantánamo terror detainee plead guilty in the 2002 tanker attack off the coast of Yemen. Five days later on February 25, 2014, Maritime-Executive published a report entitled “Jihad At Sea – Al Qaeda’s Maritime Front in Yemen” which highlighted the dangers of pirates in Persian Gulf. Three days later on February 28, 2014, Islamic pirates unsuccessfully attacked the VLCC tanker in the Strait of Hormuz. Roughly a month later on April 4, 2014, a Fox News report entitled, “US Ship Captain Recounts 18-Day Ordeal as Hostage of Crack-Smoking Nigerian Pirates further highlighting Islamic piracy in the American press.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made asteroid attack planned for 2014, and the drone strike which killed “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste
truther-rss

67th-cannes-film-festival-poster

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE: Less than 24-hours after the following Truther.org terror warning was published, it was revealed that the missing British yacht in question (which appeared to be hijacked for an assault on Cannes, France) was suddenly found. The timely report is rather odd considering that the search for the missing vessel had officially called off roughly 72-hours prior. Evidently, once the Cannes Festival Terror Plot was exposed, the ship was subsequently destroyed along with the media narrative of it.

David Chase Taylor
May 21, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Unable to execute the plethora of Hollywood-related terror attacks planned for 2014 thus far, it now appears that the CIA may execute a terror attack on the 2014 Cannes Film Festival in France sometime prior to its conclusion on May 25, 2014.

Although a gun-related massacre is the most likely form of Cannes Film Festival terror, there is always the chance that Special Forces (i.e., professional terrorists), at the behest of the CIA, may bomb theaters and hotels in Cannes, France as part of a wave of Islamic terror.

There is also the real possibility that the CIA may engineer a so-called “accident” or “natural disaster” (e.g., biological outbreak, building collapse, death of a movie star, vehicle crash, gas explosion, fire, etc.) which would be used to terrorize the masses.

The notion that the 2014 Cannes Film Festival is under the threat of state-sponsored terror was revealed on March 19, 2014, when the Al Qaeda magazine “Inspire” listed “festivals” among its new targets. Since Al Qaeda is the primary terrorist arm of the CIA, the magazine’s respective targets are in essence what the CIA is planning to attack.

The idea that wanted fugitives are just waiting to enter France was recently witnessed on May 18, 2014, when it was revealed that rogue trader Jerome Kerviel has defied a government deadline to return to France. He is now awaiting a meeting with the President of France while staying on the French-Italian border.

In order to set the precedent for a red-carpet security breach at the 2014 Cannes Film Festival, it was reported on May 16, 2014, that a “prankster” snuck up on America Ferrera and tried to sneak under her skirt. Intelligence operatives are routinely told to do and say things in order to create a media narrative that is a small part of a much larger intelligence operation.

Two days later on May 18, 2014, USA Today published a report entitled “Stallone and Rowdy ‘Expendables’ Invade Cannes“. That same day, Reuter published a similar report entitled “Stallone’s “Arthritic” Action Heroes Roll their Tanks through Cannes”. The terms “invade” and “tanks” are military terms which were specifically chosen by the CIA to foreshadow a future assault on Cannes.

On May 18, 2014, Zionist operative Jon Stewart “snuck” into Cannes for the screening of his directorial debut, an incident clearly designed to highlight the security (or lack thereof) at Cannes. That same day, an Australian newspaper published the headline “Sex and Violence all the Rage at Cannes”, an ominous sign that “violence” is indeed planned for Cannes.

salma hayek cannes red carpet ap

In what appears to be a timely “motive” for an Islamic “Jihad” attack on the 2014 Cannes Film Festival, it was revealed on May 18, 2014, that actress Salma Hayek openly supported the kidnapped Nigerian girls on red carpet by holding up a sign that read “#BRING BACK OUR GIRLS”.

A day later on May 19, 2014, Iranian actress Leila Hatami “angered authorities” in Tehran by kissing the President of the Cannes Film Festival on the cheek. The staged kiss appears to be part of another publicity stunt to provide a timely “motive” for an Islamic inspired attack against the 2014 Cannes Film Festival.

Although an attack on 2014 Cannes Film Festival could be scapegoated onto local French Muslims, it will most likely be blamed on Boko Haram, the “Al Qaeda of West Africa”. Expectedly, just prior to an attack on France, the President of France, Francois Hollande, held an 8-nation summit in Paris on May 17, 2014, in which he declared “total war” on Boko Haram.

In short, Boko Haram is the CIA’s terror arm in Africa. Therefore, in order to set up a believable terror narrative prior to an attack on the 2014 Cannes Film Festival, the progenitors of terror had to create an attack of sorts (i.e., the 276 kidnapped Nigerian girls) which was then followed by a declaration of “total war” by France.

In other words, Boko Haram (i.e., the CIA) needed a public reason to attack France and after the declaration of war against Boko Haram by France, they now have it. Interestingly, initial reports that the Nigerian government was responsible for the kidnapping of the girls has mysteriously been expunged from the internet. There were also reports that the girls were returned shortly after the kidnapping but they too have disappeared.

How exactly members of Boko Haram would travel to France is not known, but on May 19, 2014, a search was called off for four British citizens and their 40-foot yacht that went missing in the mid-Atlantic. A future terror scenario in which a group of state-sponsored terrorists hijack a boat or ship and travel to France in order to execute a terror attack 2014 Cannes Film Festival is theoretically possible.

While Boko Haram is the most likely scapegoat for a terror attack on the 2014 Cannes Film Festival, there is always a chance that Syrian Rebels may also be implicated in an attack. Back on May 8, 2014, Syrian rebels bombed a hotel, all of which will be filled to capacity in Cannes. In what appears to be pre-Syrian Rebel terror programming, it was reported by Fox News on May 20, 2014, that the conflict in Syria is serving as a ‘training ground’ for jihadists.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made asteroid attack planned for 2014, and the drone strike which killed “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

GITMO Invasion

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
April 16, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that a plane (possibly Malaysian Airline Flight MH370 which was hijacked in an “act of piracy”) or ship will be commandeered by Al Qaeda and/or Syrian Rebels who, armed with basic GPS-based technology, will make their way to the island of Cuba.

Once in the vicinity of Cuba, the terrorists will likely launch an assault on the Guantanamo Bay Naval Base (GITMO) in an attempt to free their Islamic brethren (i.e., high value terror detainees) who are being tortured. Once free, the terrorists will collectively make their way their way to the U.S. via the state of Florida where they will launch an unprecedented wave of terror in America.

READ: Operation Northwoods 2.0 Authorized By Obama

A future scenario in which armed terrorists skydive out of a Boeing 777 (i.e., missing Flight MH370) over the Guantanamo Bay Detention Camp in order to execute a red dawn-like airborne assault on Camp 7 in a quest to free their terrorist brethren appears to now be in play. At some point either before or after the GITMO attack, the terrorists will likely launch a bio-chemical attack just as they did on April 11, 2014, which may spark the global pandemic planned for 2014.

The notion that Islamic terrorists plan on attacking secure prisons was recently witnessed on April 15, 2014, when Iraq reportedly closed the infamous Abu Ghraib prison amid security concerns. A day later, Islamic terrorists in Libya kidnapped the Jordanian ambassador and demanded that prisoners be released. Also on April 16, 2014, CNN reported that a new video shows a large al Qaeda terrorists meeting in Yemen, an ominous sign that Islamic terrorists may be gathering together for a full-scale attack on the U.S., possibly using Flight MH370.

READ: U.S. Greenlights Terrorist Invasion by Islamic Terrorists

The notion of a rogue plane emanating from Syria was recently witnessed on March 23, 2014, when Turkey reportedly shot down a Syrian plane which violated its air space. In order to psychologically program the world for the shock and awe of Syrian Rebel terror, the horrors of Syria’s civil war were prominently displayed at the U.N. in New York on April 15, 2014.

In order to prepare the public an airplane attack (possibly using Flight MH370), it was reported on April 13, 2014, that American Airlines received a “terroristic tweet” from a 14-year old girl. A day later on April 14, 2014, a flight was diverted after a passenger allegedly attempted to open door mid-flight. That same day, U.S. Airways apologized for lewd photo that was sent via Twitter, an incident that was likely staged to convey shock and outrage in respect to airlines. Also on April 14, 2014, the Pentagon stated that a Russian jet buzzed U.S. warship, further highlighting an aerial threat to the U.S.

READ: Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America: A State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessment

State-sponsored terror plots featuring Islamic terrorists from Africa and the Middle East invading the continental United States have previously been identified and thwarted by Truther.org on three separate occasions: a) U.S. Terrorist Invasion Terror Plot (August 24, 2013); b) “Operation Northwoods 2.0” (April 4, 2013); and c) U.S. Invasion by Islamic Terrorists (February 22, 2014).

In each terror plot, a concoction of so-called Islamic “terrorists” including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates were slated to invade the U.S. in order to launch a wave of unprecedented terror attacks which would inevitably spark the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014.

READ: Malaysian Flight MH 370 Hijacked for Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America?

In the wake of an Islamic terrorist invasion, U.S. President Barack Obama would declare martial law and set-up military checkpoints throughout America in order to “hunt” for the terrorists. The concoction of Islamic terrorists would evade capture by working together with American citizens who would then commit future acts of terror.

This scenario would bring about the emergence of “White Al Qaeda” which would ultimately give Obama carte blanche to authorize autonomous drone strikes on all American citizens. The predator drones would systematically dispose of all political opposition (e.g., gun owners, conservatives, preppers, etc.) along with the Islamic terrorists at the same time. Naturally, this type of aggression by Obama would spark a civil war—exactly what it’s intended to do.

131348062_11n

1. Camp 7 Attack
In an April 13, 2014 Associated Press report, Guantanamo Bay’s secret “Camp 7” was openly exposed which may indicate that GITMO may soon suffer a terrorist attack. According to the report, attorney James Connell visited the secret Guantanamo prison complex known as Camp 7 in order to meet with his terror detainee client Ammar al-Baluchi. Connell, who was reportedly taken secret covered military base in a van with covered windows, was explicitly ordered not to say what he saw at the secret camp.

Since attorneys are in essence trained liars, Connell may divulge information about Camp 7 for the right price. Therefore, it’s possible that he was able to garner the exact location of Camp 7 using a GPS tracking device via a microchip, laptop or cellphone. According to the report, Camp 7 is “so shrouded in secrecy that its location on the U.S. base in Cuba is classified and officials refuse to discuss it”. Consequently, Camp 7 is not mentioned in the military media handout about the detention center, it has never been part of the scripted tours of Guantanamo, and there are no published photos of it.

In other words, Camp 7 is highly classified for it is where “the most notorious terror suspects in U.S. custody are held”. According to the AP report, Camp 7 holds 15 of the 154 prisoners at Guantanamo, including Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, who is touted as the mastermind of the 9/11 attack. Camp 7 also holds a Saudi prisoner who has been charged with orchestrating the deadly USS Cole bombing in 2000.

In order to bring unprecedented media attention to Camp 7 just prior a terrorist attack, the Senate Intelligence Committee voted on April 3, 2014, to declassify a portion of a review of the U.S. detention and interrogation program. This motion was opposed by the CIA because it is expected to disclose various facts related to torture, especially in Camp 7.

Interestingly, the report states that Camp 7 is “apparently falling apart”, thereby making it vulnerable to an impending terrorist attack. Marine Gen. John F. Kelly, commander of Miami-based Southern Command, reportedly told Congress that Camp 7 has become “increasingly unsustainable due to drainage and foundation issues” and needs to be replaced. In the wake of a successful prison break, Camp 7’s shoddy condition will likely be cited in Congress as the main reason that base security was breached.

2. Terrorists on the Loose
In order to create plausible deniability for U.S. and NATO officials in the wake of an Islamic terrorist invasion of the U.S., a rather large and undisclosed amount of “terrorists” have inexplicably and simultaneously been released from prison.

For example, on February 13, 2014, Afghanistan reportedly freed 65 Al Qaeda terror inmates that the U.S. called “dangerous”. The president of Afghanistan, Hamid Karzai, is a former UNOCAL oil executive which further shows the naked duplicity of international intelligence agencies and their minions which are stationed in power positions around the globe.

Also on February 13, 2014, militants reportedly attacked a prison in Yemen, freeing several key Al-Qaeda members in the process. That same day, it was also reported that the Palestinian Authority has shelled out millions of dollars to terrorists released from prison, ultimately giving terrorists the funds they need to facilitate new and deadly terrorist attacks against the West.

Predictably, it’s just a matter of time before these newly freed terrorists will collude and launch a new terror attacks against America. In order to set the precedent for impending acts of state-sponsored terrorism, it was reported on February 14, 2014, that global terrorism and insurgency attacks have surged 150% in the last 5 years.

3. Syria Terror Blinking Red
As evidenced, news and events in respect to Al Qaeda, Syrian Rebels, and chemical attacks are trending and may commence with an attack on Cuba and/or the U.S. Starting on February 4, 2014, so-called top intelligence chiefs warned that Syria could become base for attacks against America, ultimately confirming that a Syria-based attack on the U.S. has been authorized.

Roughly a month later, on March 3, 2014, it was reported that Los Angeles gangbangers have now surfaced in Syria, ultimately providing a direct terror link between the United States and Syria. A day later on March 4, 2014, it was revealed that Syria still has over two-thirds of its chemical weapons supply, a clear violation of international law.

A week later on March 11, 2014, it was revealed that UK police had arrested 4 men on suspicion of Syria-linked terror offenses, confirming that terrorists are now traveling out of Syria to the West. Three days later on March 14, 2014, it was reported that Saudis hardened by the wars in Syria and Iraq have joined al Qaeda in Yemen, furthering the notion that terrorists are traveling out of Syria. Also on March 14, 2014, it was reported that Spain had arrested 7 Islamic militants who recruited and sent fighters for al Qaeda terrorist organizations in Syria and Mali.

On March 18, 2014, a California man who had allegedly tried to join Syria Rebels was arrested for plotting a gas attack on the LA subway system. Roughly two weeks later on April 1, 2014, it was revealed by a U.N. envoy that Islamic militants in Syria were preparing a chemical attack. Roughly 48-hours later on April 3, 2014, a Syrian Rebel leader admitted that he fights alongside Al-Qaeda, further confirming that the Rebels and Al Qaeda are one and the same entity.

A week later on April 10, 2014, Eric Harroun, the “American Jihadist” who fought in Syria, suddenly died, an ominous sign that the Rebels are turning on the U.S. who has been funding them. A day later on April 11, 2014, the UK government stated that Syria jihadists are the biggest threat to UK national security. Needless to say, the aforementioned reports were designed to show that terrorists emanating from Syria are traveling across Europe and the Middle East at will, thereby making the notion of a massive terrorist collaboration and subsequent invasion of the U.S. seem all the more likely.

4. Syria-Based Bio-Terror
Syria’s chemical weapons were slated to play a key role in recently foiled bio-terror plots which are depicted in the October 14, 2013 Truther.org report entitled “Terrorist Hijack of Syria’s Chemical & Biological Weapons”; the October 15, 2013, Truther.org report entitled, “Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America”; and the January 7, 2014, Truther.org report entitled “Hijack of Syria’s Chemical Weapons in the Mediterranean by Al Qaeda and/or Somali Pirates Imminent”.

Since these 3 particular terror plots were exposed and subsequently foiled, it now appears that intelligence agencies have resorted to “Plan D” in their quest to start a global bio-terror pandemic. The notion of a new Syrian-based bio-chemical attack was first identified on January 30, 2014, when the U.S. stated that Syria was delaying its chemical disarmament and that Syria had shipped out less than 5% of its chemical weapons. Three days later on February 2, 2014, it was reported that Syrian President Assad was stockpiling chemical weapons as ‘insurance policy’, potentially foreshadowing the notation that he may use them in an upcoming attack.

That same day, Fox News published a report entitled, “Syria to Ship More Chemical Weapons Abroad for Destruction”, foreshadowing the notion that Syria’s chemical weapons could go abroad and cause destruction. A day later on February 5, 2014, Syria reportedly missed a deadline in respect to its chemical weapons, ultimately putting the country in bad standing with the international community. Most recently, on April 13, 2014, the Syria rebels executed another gas attack in Syria, their second in less than a year after the Ghouta Chemical Attack on August 21, 2013.

5. Al-Qaeda Bio-Terror
Back on May 15, 2012, it was reported that Robert Tilford, a former soldier and a graduate of the U.S. Army Infantry School in Georgia, stated in writing that al-Qaeda members have created their own brigades in an effort to take over Syria and their dangerous chemical weapons stockpile. Tilford stated that, “U.S. officials deny al-Qaeda is part of the rebel movement it is helping to arm and equip in some cases…but that is another story…The fact is the US has no good plan on what to do if Syria collapses, the military loses control or if Al-Qaeda manages to steal chemical weapons from one or all of the more than 50 suspected sites in that country”.

According to a February 1, 2014, report, an Al Qaeda-owned chemical weapons lab was found in Iraq. Coincidentally, 20 days later on February 21, 2014, it was reported that a bacteria found in rabbits could be turned into bioweapon by terrorists, furthering the notion that terrorists and bioweapons are about to hop on over to the U.S. from Africa or the Middle East. Most recently, on April 3, 2014, it was revealed that a Syrian Rebel leader admitted that fights alongside Al-Qaeda. Only 10 days later on April 13, 2014, the Syria rebels were once again implicated in a poison gas attack. A scenario in which bio-chemical weapons from Syria are transported to American shores is definitely part of the working terror narrative.

6. Parachute Attack?   
Prior to a high-profile parachute attack on the Guantanamo Bay Naval Base, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Fraudulent headlines and fabricated events are a slick way of convincing people that yes, it can happen. As evidenced, news and events in respect to parachutists and skydivers are at an all-time high and may commence with terrorist-related parachute invasion in Cuba.

Parachute Timeline:

1. September 28, 2013: Idaho smokejumper killed in parachuting accident
2. September 30, 2013: New York police search for parachutists who landed near Ground Zero
3. October 19, 2013: Parachutist dies at Florida air show
4. October 20, 2013: Plane carrying skydivers crashes in Belgium
5. October 21, 2013: Twenty-one members of Arizona National Guard indicted
6. October 22, 2013: 6 airborne troops killed in explosion in northwest Russia
7. November 2, 2013: Skydivers Jump To Safety After 2 Planes Collide Over Wis.
8. November 5, 2013: Calif. man skydives on 100th birthday
9. November 29, 2013: Women to try to break mass skydiving record in Arizona
10. December 2, 2013: Two thousand mice dropped on Guam by parachute — to kill snakes
11. December 4, 2013: Undeterred, skydivers to pursue records despite deaths
12. December 4, 2013: 2 skydivers dead after colliding during Arizona jump
13. December 16, 2013: Man dies on parachuting trip his wife won on ‘The Ellen DeGeneres Show’
14. March 10, 2014: Plane hits parachute
15. March 31, 2014: Jimmie Johnson’s brother-in-law killed in skydiving accident
16. April 3, 2014: Skydiver dies during world-record attempt
17. April 3, 2014: Meteorite narrowly misses Norwegian skydiver
18. April 3, 2014: US Navy ‘Leap Frogs’ Parachute Into Padres Petco Park
19. April 9, 2014: North Pole parachuting: Russian paratroopers land on drifting ices in drills

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

7. Pirate Attack?
Although a ship-based invasion of the U.S. is unlikely at this point, state-sponsored terror plots usually have built in options and a ship attack may be one of them. Back on March 17, 2014, U.S. Navy SEALs reportedly seized an oil tanker from Libyan rebels. Whether this tanker ship will be used to ferry hundreds of Al Qaeda/Syrian Revels to Cuba or the U.S. is not known, but it is possible based on recent headlines which have been published in respect to Islamic piracy.

Back on February 20, 2014, a former Guantánamo terror detainee plead guilty in the 2002 tanker attack off the coast of Yemen. Five days later on February 25, 2014, Maritime-Executive published a report entitled “Jihad At Sea – Al Qaeda’s Maritime Front in Yemen” which highlighted the dangers of pirates in Persian Gulf. Three days later on February 28, 2014, Islamic pirates unsuccessfully attacked the VLCC tanker in the Strait of Hormuz. Roughly a month later on April 4, 2014, a Fox News report entitled, “US Ship Captain Recounts 18-Day Ordeal as Hostage of Crack-Smoking Nigerian Pirates further highlighting Islamic piracy in the American press.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax and the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

MH 370

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
March 15, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Back on March 8, 2014, Truther.org reported that Malaysian Airlines Flight MH 370 was likely hijacked and that the plane may be used in an Islamic 9/11-style terror attack. Although international intelligence agencies insisted that there was no terror link in respect to Flight MH 307 (despite the stolen passports used to board the plane), they have now reneged and confirmed Truther.org’s assertion that the plane was hijacked. As of March 14, 2014, officials are reportedly investigating an “act of piracy” in respect to the missing jet and have confirmed that the plane’s communication system “was disabled before it disappeared”, an ominous sign of foul play.

READ: Operation Northwoods 2.0 Authorized By Obama

Therefore, it now appears that Malaysian Airlines Flight MH 370 will be used by an army of Islamic terrorists to invade the United States of America. The plane, which according to the latest reports was heading towards the Indian Ocean, will likely end up in Somalia, Yemen, Iraq, Pakistan, Syria or another predominantly Islamic country with a history of terrorism. Upon landing, the Boeing 777 (the world’s largest twinjet which holds up to 451 passengers) will be loaded with hundreds of Islamic Jihadists as well as a cocktail of Syria’s infamous biological and chemical weapons. The hijacked plane will then fly non-stop to the United States, most likely crash-landing in the state of Florida or the Island of Cuba.

READ: U.S. Terrorist Invasion by Islamic Terrorists Green Lit

The state-sponsored terror plot featuring Islamic terrorists from Africa and the Middle East invading the continental U.S. has previously been identified and thwarted by Truther.org on three separate occasions: U.S. Terrorist Invasion Terror Plot (August 24, 2013); “Operation Northwoods 2.0” (April 4, 2013); and U.S. Invasion by Islamic Terrorists (February 22, 2014). In each case, a concoction of so-called Islamic “terrorists” including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates were slated to invade the U.S. in order to launch a wave of unprecedented terror attacks which would inevitably  spark the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014.

READ: Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America: A State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessment

In the wake of an Islamic terrorist invasion, U.S. President Barack Obama would declare martial law and set-up military checkpoints throughout America in order to “look” for the terrorists. The concoction of Islamic terrorists would evade capture by working together with American citizens who would commit future acts of terrorism. This would bring about the emergence of “White Al Qaeda” which would ultimately give Obama carte blanche to authorize autonomous drone strikes on all American citizens. The predator drones would systematically dispose of all political opposition (e.g., gun owners, conservatives, preppers, etc.) along with the Islamic terrorists at the same time. Naturally, this type of aggression by Obama would spark a civil war—exactly what it’s intended to do.

Malaysian Flight MH 370 Scenarios:

Plan A: Chinese 9/11
Plan B: Iranian Hijack
Plan C: Islamic Terrorist Invasion of U.S.
Plan D: North Korean Missile Strike
Plan E: Mechanical Failure/Bad Weather/Pilot Error

North Korean Missile Strike?
Since the plot to use Malaysian Airlines Flight MH 370 as the means of transportation for an Islamic terrorist invasion of the Unites States has been exposed herein, intelligence agencies may resort to “Plan D” which may scapegoated the disappearance of the plane on a North Korean missile strike. This particular narrative was first identified on March 5, 2014, when a North Korean missile allegedly passed near a Chinese passenger jet. International intelligence agencies who plan false-flag terror events always give themselves plenty of options and the North Korean angle appears to be one of them. In the event that they pass on this particular option, they will likely be forced to report to mechanical failure, bad weather or pilot error as the alleged cause of Flight MH 370’s demise. Regardless of the final conclusion reached by the government and media in respect to the mystery plane, there is always the real possibility that the plane may have never existed in the first place.

FLASHBACK: Iranian Terror Plot Foiled
After the plot to use Malaysian Airlines Flight MH 370 in a Chinese 9/11-style terror attack was ultimately exposed, intelligence agencies resorted to “Plan B”—Iran. This particular narrative was first identified on March 10, 2014, when it was reported that the 2 stolen passports were used with 2 tickets purchased by an Iranian man who: a) bought the tickets at the last-minute, b) paid cash, and c) only purchased one-way tickets—All three of which are red-flags for terrorism. Three days later on March 10, 2014, it was reported that the mystery fake-passport holders on flight MH370 were in fact Iranian, ultimately confirming an Iranian hand in the disappearance of the plane. A day later on March 11, 2014, Iranian lawmaker blamed the U.S. for the plane’s disappearance, an ominous sign that Iran was attempting to shift the blame of the hijacking on the U.S. However, since Truther.org exposed the Iranian terror angle, the Iranian terror angle was all but forgotten on March 12, 2014, when it was officially declared that there was no Iranian terror link in respect to flight MH 307. On any other day and in any other situation, Iranians using stolen passports to board a plane that has since disappeared would be considered terrorism, but strangely not in this case.

Airplane Terror Trending
Aside from the mysterious disappearance of Malaysian Airlines Flight MH 370 on March 8, 2014, a plane carrying 170 people caught fire while landing in Nepal on the very same day. Two days later on March 10, 2014, a plane hit a parachute in Polk County, Florida. A day later on March 11, 2014, a man disrupted JetBlue Flight 1969 from Boston for Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Three days later on March 14, 2014, Flight 1702 from Philadelphia to Fort Lauderdale, Florida was canceled after the nose gear failed during takeoff. Of the 5 airplane-related emergencies which occurred within a one-week period, 3 involved planes flying to, from or in the state of Florida. Aside from all but confirming that these were staged events, these incidents have set the precedence for a plane (i.e., Malaysian Airlines Flight MH 370) to crash land in Florida in the imminent future.

Syria Trending
Regardless of where hijacked Malaysian Airlines Flight MH 370 ultimately lands, its cargo of bio-chemical weapons will originate from Syria. Coincidentally, just days prior to the disappearance of the plane, Syrian Rebel terrorists suddenly began trending after months of silence. Starting on March 3, 2014, it was reported that Los Angeles gangbangers have now surfaced in Syria, ultimately providing a direct terror link between the United States and Syria. A day later on March 4, 2014, it was revealed that Syria still has over two-thirds of its chemical weapons supply, a clear violation of international law. Six days later on March 10, 2014, it was reported that 13 nuns were freed by Syrian kidnappers, a propaganda report designed to show Syrian kidnapping and hostage taking prior to the hijacking of Flight MH 370 by Syrian-based terrorists. A day later on March 11, 2014, it was revealed that UK police had arrested 4 men on suspicion of Syria-linked terror offenses, confirming that terrorists are now traveling out of Syria to the West. Three days later on March 14, 2014, it was reported that Saudis hardened by the wars in Syria and Iraq have joined al Qaeda in Yemen, furthering the notion that terrorists are traveling with ease from Syria. Also on March 14, 2014, it was reported that Spain had arrested 7 Islamic militants who recruited and sent fighters for al Qaeda terrorist organizations in Syria and Mali. Needless to say, the aforementioned reports were designed to show that terrorists emanating from Syria are traveling at will across Europe and the Middle East, thereby making the notion of a massive terrorist collaboration and invasion all the more likely.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax and the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

terrorist-in-america-from-somolia-mexican-border

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE II: Roughly 3 weeks after the following Truther.org report was published, U.S. Navy SEALs seized control of an oil tanker that had been commandeered by Libyan rebels. Whether or not the tanker entitled “Morning Glory” was to be used in the Islamic terrorist invasion of the United States is not known, but it is highly likely. Once the terror plot was exposed, the tanker was officially recaptured by the U.S. Navy.

UPDATE I: Less than 24-hours after the following Truther.org report was published, it was reported on February 22, 2014, that Mexico’s Sinaloa drug cartel chief arrested. Evidently, the drug chief was to play a key role in the smuggling of Islamic terrorists onto U.S. soil. A day later on February 23, 2014, an American-Israeli inmate was killed after being shot by guards in Israeli prison. What role the now deceased double-agent was to play in the Islamic invasion of America is not clear, but evidently it was it was important enough for him to be executed within 24-hours of the terror plot’s exposure. A day later on February 24, 2014, it was reported that 5 bodies were found buried near military barracks near Mali’s capital of Bamako. Since a part of the Islamic terrorists were to emanate out of Africa, it’s highly likely that the deceased men were somehow involved in the Islamic invasion of America and were subsequently executed once the plot was exposed. Two days later on February 26, 2014, it was reported that 175 rebels had been ambushed and killed in Syria. The surprise attack evidently wiped out a majority of the Islamic terrorists which were slated to invade the United States. Also on February 26, 2014, it was reported that a U.S. Navy Commander was found murdered in Orange Park, Florida. His death is even more suspicious considering that the Islamic invasion of terrorists were slated to enter the United States via the state of Florida. Evidently Commander Alphonso Doss of Pensacola knew too much and had to be terminated once the terror plot was foiled.

David Chase Taylor
February 22, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — In the imminent future, Islamic terrorists from Africa and the Middle East will collude together and make their way to American shores, most likely via the island of Cuba. Whether or not they will cross the Atlantic on a pirated ship or hijacked plane has yet to be determined, but the state-sponsored terrorist invasion of the continental United States has been planned nonetheless.  

When the Obama administration eased immigration rules for terror supporters on February 9, 2014, it was an ominous sign that a redux of the U.S. Terrorist Invasion Terror Plot of August 24, 2013, and the foiled “Operation Northwoods 2.0” terror plot of April 4, 2013, had once again been green lighted.

In both  of the previously foiled terror plots, a concoction of so-called Islamic “terrorists” including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates were slated to invade the U.S. in order to launch a wave of unprecedented terror attacks throughout America.

READ: Operation Northwoods 2.0 Authorized By Obama

Once on the island of Cuba, the Islamic terrorists will likely attack the U.S. Naval Station Guantanamo Bay in a bid to free their brethren who are currently detained there. Subsequently, they will likely hijack a number of commercial airliners, boats and rafts, or commandeer a drug submarine in their attempt to infiltrate the porous U.S. border via the state of Florida.

The notion that terrorists would attack a hardened military base was recently evident on February 16, 2014, when Al-Qaida claimed responsibility for a barracks attack in Iraq which killed 15 Iraqi troops. A scenario by which the terrorists storm Cuban airports and hijack a number of planes in order to execute 9/11-style attacks on U.S. cities, tourist attractions and military bases in the South is likely part of the working terror narrative.

READ: U.S. Terrorist Invasion by Islamic Terroris Green Lighted

Once on American soil, it is highly likely that the terrorists will target the city of Miami, just as they were slated to in the original Operation Northwoods terror plot of 1962. Potential terror targets include but are not limited to attacks against buildings, cruise ships, Miami International Airport, beachgoers at South Beach, United Airlines Arena, home to the Miami Heat, and students and faculty at the University of Miami.

As America collectively reels from the shock of hundreds of Islamic extremists emanating from Cuba, the terrorists will spread throughout the U.S. like a plague conducting further acts of terror. These will most likely consist of 9/11 style aerial attacks and suicide bombings against U.S. airports, bio-labs, churches, courthouses, dams, hospitals, landmarks, malls, nuclear reactors, ports, oil and gas facilities, power plants, schools, sporting events, universities, and other soft targets.

In the wake of a full-scale Islamic invasion, the terrorists will likely seize the Sierra Army Depot in Herlong, California, where millions of tons of U.S. Army equipment is stored consisting of 35,000 military vehicles and 95,000 military containers. At this point, a full-scale war would erupt throughout America, pitting the U.S. government and their drones against the so-called terrorists and U.S. citizens.

READ: Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America: A State-Sponosred Terror Threat Assessment

In the aftermath of the attacks, the media and government will predictably state that the Islamic terrorists received help from homegrown American terrorists. This will bring about the emergence of the so-called “White Al Qaeda” which will ultimately give U.S. President Barack Obama cart blanch to authorize drone strikes on all American citizens. Naturally, this type of aggression by Obama would spark a civil war—exactly what it’s intended to do.

Obama will then institute martial law throughout the United States and construct terror checkpoints throughout in order to search for suspected Islamic terrorists. This power grab by Obama would then serve as the cover by which the U.S. government can violently confiscate firearms and round-up unwanted Americans into concentration camps in the name of keeping America safe.

I. THE SET-UP:

cuban-fury
1.1: Cuba Trending
As evidenced, the small and inconsequential island of Cuba has been trending as of late and for all the wrong reasons. Propaganda media reports in respect to Cuba were first identified on December 30, 2013, when it was reported that the
first plane in 50 years had just flown from Key West to Cuba, highlighting aerial activity between Cuba and Florida. Roughly 2 weeks later on January 13, 2014, it was reported that Cuban students are currently in their 1st study program in decades to Miami. Two weeks later on January 29, 2014, President Obama highlighted Cuba in his State of the Union speech when he called for the closure Guantanamo Bay in 2014, a laughable notion considering he hasn’t done so in his nearly 6 years in office. Also on January 29, 2014, it was reported that the U.S. Coast Guard was searching for a cruise crew member who allegedly fell overboard near Cuba, further highlighting deadly maritime activity near Cuba. Four days later on February 3, 2014, Cuba was inexplicably invited to return to the Caribbean Baseball Series after a 50 year drought. Two days later on February 8, 2014, former governor of Florida Charlie Crist called for end to U.S. embargo on Cuba. Five days later on February 15, 2014, Cuba reportedly shuts down US travel visas, furthering the notion that illegal travel between Cuba to the U.S. is imminent. A week later on February 22, 2014, it was reported that a Cuban windsurfer was rescued by U.S. Coast Guard after 4 days at sea, another fabricated incident to foreshadow danger in the water off of Cuba. In order to show the world that Cuba is knee-deep in terrorism, it was reported on February 15, 2014, that a North Korean ship that was seized with Cuban weapons had returned to Cuba, furthering the notion of illegal weapons in Cuba. Coincidentally, “Cuba Fury” (2014), a film (see trailer) which has nothing to do with the island of Cuba was released in theaters worldwide. Although most people will never see the movie, the name “Cuban Fury” will likely be heard or read by millions. In the wake of a terrorist attack emanating out of Cuba, Americans will obviously be furious.

1.2: Terror Warnings
Back on January 30, 2014, the U.S. intelligence community stated that they fear attacks on American soil while simultaneously stating that Syria is spiraling out of control. Six days later on February 5, 2014, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security issued another terror warning in respect to “toothpaste tube bombs” on planes flying into Sochi, furthering the notion that terrorists would be using commercial planes in the near future. Four days later on February 9, 2014, the U.S. embassy warned of an airline terror threat emanating out of Guyana which is just south of Cuba. Interestingly, the report highlighted that back in 2007, a former member of Guyana’s parliament and a naturalized U.S. citizen were among 4 people convicted of participating in a failed Muslim terror plot to firebomb John F. Kennedy International Airport in New York. Ten days later on February 19, 2014, Homeland Security issued another terror alter in respect to a possible shoe-bomb threat, once again furthering the notion that airplane-related terror is imminent. Two days later on February 21, 2014, it was reported that Al Qaeda was linked to the shoe-bomb warning, another ominous sign that Al Qaeda-related aerial terror is imminent.

Olympic Hijack

1.3: Hijacks Trending
In the wake of the aforementioned terror warnings, it was reported on February 7, 2014, a man was arrested for trying to
hijack a plane to Sochi, Russia, with a verbal bomb threat . A day later, it was revealed that police were questioning the hijacking suspect over his suspected ties to terrorism. Ten days later on February 17, 2014, it was reported that a co-pilot hijacked an Ethiopian plane and threatened to crash it, confirming that hijacks followed by 9/11-style terror is imminent. Hijacks and attempted hijacks are extremely rare yet 2 incidents have occurred within a 2-week period. A scenario by which the terrorists storm airports in Cuba and hijack commercial airplanes in order to attack U.S. cities, tourist attractions and military bases in the South is likely part of the working terror narrative,

1.4: Air Terror Trending
Prior to unprecedented hijacks and 9/11-style plane crashed by Islamic terrorists emanating out of Africa or the Middle East, the American public must be led to believe though fraudulent headlines and fabricated events that yes, it can happen. In the month of February 2014 alone, there have been more air-related hijacks, highjack attempts and crashes than possibly at any other time in history.

Air-Related Terror Timeline:

1. February 7, 2014: Official: Man who tried to divert plane to Sochi nabbed
2. February 8, 2014:
Police question hijacking suspect for ties to terrorism
3. February 8, 2014:
Sochi hijack attempt over Ukrainian prisoners
4. February 13, 2014:
Suicide car bomb hits U.N. cars, kills 2 near Mogadishu’s airport
5. February 16, 2014:
3 killed in Colo. plane crash, police say
6. February 16, 2014:
American Airlines flight forced to land in Canada to boot unruly man
7. February 17, 2014:Device that triggered shutdown at Anchorage airport for avalanches
8. February 17, 2014:
Nepal plane crash kills all 18 people on board
9. February 17, 2014: Co-pilot who hijacked Ethiopian plane threatened to crash it, passenger says
10. February 18, 2014:
9 injured as Cathay Pacific flight hits turbulence over Japan
11. February 19, 2014:
Oil worker brings explosive to Anchorage airport, officials say
12. February 19, 2014:
Heavy militia fighting breaks out near C. African Republic airport
13. February 20, 2014:
Mexico issues arrest warrant for former owner of Mexicana Airlines
14. February 21, 2014: LAX luggage worker dies after he falls, is struck by cart

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

1.5: U.S. Airports Slated for Demolition

In what appears to be the cover for the insertion of remote controlled explosives into multiple U.S. airport towers, it was reported on February 6, 2014, that the
FAA will “examine” hundreds of airport towers nationwide after an air traffic controller was allegedly injured in a lightning strike. Aside from being downright laughable, the FAA’s so-called examinations could theoretically provide the necessary cover for the insertion of explosives into U.S. airport towers. Lightening has occurred since the dawn of time and aside from a lightning rod, there is not much mankind can do to avoid it. Needless to say, the FAA’s so-called “examinations” are highly suspect and suggests that state-sponsored airport tower terror is imminent.A scenario in which Islamic terrorists fly airliners into American airports is likely part of the working terror narrative.

1.6: Ship Terror Trending
Prior to an unprecedented terrorist invasion of the U.S. or the island of Cuba by pirates and stowaway terrorists emanating from Africa and the Middle East, the American public must be led to believe though fraudulent headlines and fabricated events that yes, it can happen. In the month of February 2014 alone, there have been an unprecedented amount of shipping related headlines in respect to both chemical weapons and piracy which suggest that a major shipping related terror event is imminent. Coincidentally, on February 17, 2014, it was reported that a Confederate made submarine made history 150 years ago when it became the first submarine ever to sink an enemy warship. The story highlights the notion of submarines in the Southern Atlantic, one of which may be commandeered by terrorists in the near future.

Ship-Related Headlines:

1. January 7, 2014:
First Syrian poison gas program chemicals have been shipped out of Syrian port
2. January 29, 2014: Coast Guard searches for cruise crew member who fell overboard near Cuba
3. February 15, 2014:N Korean ship seized with Cuban weapons returns to Cuba
4. February 18, 2014:
US Naval Academy midshipman found dead in icy creek
5. February 18, 2014:
US naval ship runs aground in Black Sea: Pentagon
6. February 19, 2014:
2 Navy SEALs found dead aboard ship at center of ‘Captain Phillips’ saga
7. February 19, 2014:
Cruise ship worker raped woman, tried to toss her overboard, FBI says
8. February 21, 2014:
Chilean Ship Laden With Much-Needed Road Salt Docks In NJ
9. February 21, 2014:
Official: Traces of drugs found with dead Americans on ‘Captain Phillips’ ship
10. February 21, 2014:
Ship loses more than 500 containers in heavy seas

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

1.7: Hollywood Pirate Propaganda  
Prior to a transatlantic voyage by Islamic pirates and terrorists, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “Captain Phillips” (2013) is a film (see trailer) starring Tom Hanks about Captain Richard Phillips who was taken hostage by Somali Pirates back in 2009. Interestingly, the film was just released on DVD and Blue Ray on January 21, 2014, just days prior to an Islamic invasion helped along by pirates. Back on August 20, 2013, just days prior to the aforementioned U.S. terrorist Invasion Terror Plot, it was reported that a tanker entitled the “Wael” was reportedly prevented from “illegally entering” Al-Sedra oil terminal by the Libyan Navy. Whether or not this is the terrorist laden ship has yet to be determined, but the Biblical narrative of Jonah hiding in the whale cannot be dismissed.

II. ISLAMIC TERROR:

2.1: Terrorists on the Loose
In order to create plausible deniability for U.S. and NATO governmental officials in the wake of an Islamic terrorist invasion of the U.S., a rather large and undisclosed amount of “terrorists” have inexplicably and simultaneously been released from prison. Staring on February 13, 2014,
Afghanistan reportedly freed 65 Al Qaeda terror inmates that the U.S. called “dangerous”. The president of Afghanistan, Hamid Karzai, is a former UNOCAL oil executive which further shows the naked duplicity of international intelligence agencies and their minions stationed in power positions around the globe. Also on February 13, 2014, militants reportedly attacked a prison in Yemen, freeing several key Al-Qaeda members in the process. Also on February 13, 2014, it was reported that the Palestinian Authority has reportedly shelled out millions of dollars to terrorists released from prison, ultimately giving terrorists the funds they need to facilitate new and deadly terrorist attacks against the West. Predictably, it’s now just a matter of time before the newly freed terrorists will now collude and launch a new terror attacks in America. In order to set the precedent for impending acts of state-sponsored terrorism, it was reported on February 14, 2014, that global terrorism and insurgency attacks have surged 150% in the last 5 years. Six days later on February 20, 2014, it was reported that 4 Turkish men were charged in Germany with membership in terrorist organization, highlighting the notion of Islamic terror in Europe just prior to the planned Islamic terror invasion of America.

2.2: Al Qaeda is Back
According to a January 30, 2014 report, Al Qaeda has now spawned 5 different franchises in 12 countries, including Syria which has become a “huge magnet for extremists” with an estimated 26,000 of them now in the war-torn country. According to a January 14, 2014, report, Germany’s top security official stated that Islamic extremists traveling to Syria key concern. Three weeks later on February 4, 2014, top U.S. intelligence chiefs warned Syria could become base for attacks against U.S. In other words, so-called Islamic extremists are now traveling to and from Syria with ease. Therefore, an attack by one or more of the alleged 26,000 Al Qaeda troops stationed there is bound to happen sooner or later. As evidenced, Islamic terror attacks in both Africa and the Middle East are at an all-time high and will likely culminate in a major attack against the West. In order to draw unprecedented attention to Africa, it was reported on February 18, 2014, that a former U.S. congressman was arrested in Zimbabwe for possessing porn. Three days later on February 21, 2014, the former U.S. rep plead guilty to visa charge, further highlighting illegal African-based immigration practices just prior to a terror attacks emanating out of Africa. As of February 21, 2014, it was reported that the U.S. has expanded its military net over Africa, an ominous sign that African-related terror attacks are indeed imminent. 

Islamic Terror Timeline:

1. February 16, 2014: Jordan troops fire at 10 armed men at Syrian border
2. February 16, 2014:
Al-Qaida claims responsibility for barracks attack that killed 15 Iraqi troops
3. February 17, 2014:
Niger’s army says it foiled attack planned by Boko Haram extremists
4. February 18, 2014:
Governor says Nigeria losing war on Islamic militants
5. February 19, 2014: Heavy militia fighting breaks out near C. African Republic airport
6. February 20, 2014:Leader of Nigeria Islamic uprising threatens oil interests

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

2.3: Islamic Terror Collaboration
The media narrative that Islamic terrorists from Africa and the Middle East will collude together in attacks against America has already been established. Back on March 15, 2013, it was reported that the chief of the U.S. Africa Command warned that threats from Islamic extremists in Africa are increasing and if unchecked could pose a greater danger to American interests and allies. According to the report, Army General Carter Ham stated that threats in Africa do not match Al-Qaida or the Taliban in Afghanistan, “but the trend is not good”. General Ham then cited the growing collaboration between the Nigerian-based radical sect Boko Haram and al-Qaida in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM), which bases its operations in Mali. The general said AQIM is the wealthiest affiliate of al-Qaida, due in part to ransom from kidnappings and the drug trade, and the group has been financing Boko Haram. Less than a month later on April 2, 2013, it was reported the Chief of U.S. Africa Command that Iraqi intelligence has stated that Syrian and Iraqi Islamic extremist groups were ramping up cooperation in terrorist attacks throughout the Middle East. A week later on April 9, 2013, it was reported that Al Qaeda’s Iraq branch and a Syria militant group had announced a merger. Roughly two months later on June 10, 2013, it was reported that an Al Qaeda leader had rejected the merger between the Syrian and Iraqi terror networks. The on and off again merger between the Al Qaeda and Syria was to show that the two sides are in communication and therefore it would be more likely that they would in fact work together in an attack on America.

2.4: Al-Qaeda Bio-Terror
Back on May 15, 2012, it was reported that Robert Tilford, a former soldier and a graduate of the U.S. Army Infantry School in Georgia, stated in writing that al-Qaeda members have created their own brigades in an effort to take over Syria and their dangerous chemical weapons stockpile. Tilford stated that, “U.S. officials deny al-Qaeda is part of the rebel movement it is helping to arm and equip in some cases…but that is another story…The fact is the US has no good plan on what to do if Syria collapses, the military loses control or if Al-Qaeda manages to steal chemical weapons from one or all of the more than 50 suspected sites in that country”.According to a February 1, 2014, report, an Al Qaeda-owned chemical weapons lab was found in Iraq. Coincidentally, 20 days later on February 21, 2014, it was reported that a bacteria found in rabbits could be turned into bioweapon by terrorists, furthering the notion that terrorists and bioweapons are about to hop on over to the U.S. from Africa or the Middle East. A scenario in which bio-chemical weapons from Syria are transported to American shores is definitely part of the working terror narrative.

2.5: Syria-Based Bio-Chemical Plots
Syria’s chemical weapons were slated to play a key role in recently foiled bio-terror plots which are depicted in the October 14, 2013 Truther.org report entitled “Terrorist Hijack of Syria’s Chemical & Biological Weapons”; the October 15, 2013, Truther.org report entitled, “Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America”; and the January 7, 2014, Truther.org report entitled “Hijack of Syria’s Chemical Weapons in the Mediterranean by Al Qaeda and/or Somali Pirates Imminent”. Since these 3 particular terror plots were exposed and subsequently foiled, it now appears that intelligence agencies have resorted to “Plan D” in their quest to start a global bio-terror pandemic. The notion of a new Syrian-based bio-chemical attack was first identified on January 30, 2014, when the U.S. stated that Syria was delaying its chemical disarmament and that Syria had shipped out less than 5% of its chemical weapons. Three days later on February 2, 2014, it was reported that Syrian President Assad was stockpiling chemical weapons as ‘insurance policy’, potentially foreshadowing the notation that he may use them in an upcoming attack. That same day, Fox News published a report entitled, “Syria to Ship More Chemical Weapons Abroad for Destruction”, foreshadowing the notion that Syria’s chemical weapons could go abroad and cause destruction. A day later on February 5, 2014, Syria reportedly missed a deadline in respect to its chemical weapons, ultimately putting the country in bad standing with the international community.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2014 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on 50+ state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax, the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker, and he was the first to expose Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-sponsored terror alerts, warning, assertions and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Sochi Bio-Terror

Download & Forward PDF


David Chase Taylor
February 16, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — At some point during 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi, Russia (which last until February 23, 2014), a state-sponsored bio-chemical attack may be launched by so called Islamic terrorists. As previously reported, the best way to start the pandemic planned for 2014 is to attack the Olympics with a contagious bioweapon with the hopes of simultaneously infecting athletes and journalists from all over the world.

This particular bio-terror scenario would then allow for the World Health Organization (WHO) headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, to declare an international medical state of emergency. Subsequently, a deadly and mandatory vaccine would be issued, consequently killing off a majority of the world’s population. Obviously, that cannot be allowed to happen.

As evidenced herein, it appears that the progenitors of terror are hoping to launch an Olympic bio-terror attack far greater than the recent Ghouta Chemical Attack which killed up to 1,729 people in Syria on August 21, 2013. Similar to the Ghouta attack, an Olympic bio-chemical attack would be scapegoated onto CIA-run Al Qaeda and/or Syria’s puppet president Bashar Al-Assad.

READ: 9/11-Style Terror Alert: Kamikaze Attacks Planned for Sochi Olympics

Since Syria just missed its mandated deadline on chemical weapons removal, and the Organisation for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW) has stated that only 11% of Syria’s chemical weapons have been removed, its rather obvious that Syria has been systematically set-up to take the fall for a future act of state-sponsored bio-terror. Coincidentally, on February 13, 2014, USA Today published a report entitled, “Syria Conflict Could Last Years, Spark Middle East War” which floated the notion that the Syrian conflict is about to explode.

In the event that Sochi, Russia, suffer a bio-terror attack, the Olympics would likely be canceled as eerily foreshadowed in the February 4, 2014 parody propaganda report entitled “Winter Olympics Cancelled”. In another ominous sign that bio-terror may be planned for the Olympics, it was reported on February 11, 2014, that NBC host Bob Costas quit his Olympic coverage allegedly due to a red-eye infection.

READ:  Secret Winter Olympics USA Hockey Terror Plot Exposed

Al Qaeda Bio-Terror Attack
Since Syria is less than 500 miles away from Sochi, terrorists affiliated with Al Qaeda could theoretically load up a truck, ship or plane with contagious bio-chemical weapons and travel to Sochi to launch an attack. According to a January 30, 2014 report, Al Qaeda has now spawned 5 different franchises in 12 countries, including Syria which has become a “huge magnet for extremists” with an estimated 26,000 of them now in the war-torn country. Two days later on February 1, 2014, it was reported that an Al Qaeda-owned chemical weapons lab was found in Iraq which is less than 600 miles away from Sochi. According to a January 14, 2014, report, Germany’s top security official stated that Islamic extremists traveling to Syria key concern. Three weeks later on February 4, 2014, top U.S. intelligence chiefs warned Syria could become base for attacks against U.S. In other words, so-called Islamic extremists are now traveling to and from Syria with ease. Therefore, an attack by one or more of the alleged 26,000 Al Qaeda troops stationed there is bound to happen sooner or later.

READ: Man-Made Avalanche Warning for 2014 Winter Olympics

Breaching Russian Security
In the event that a state-sponsored bio-chemical attack is launched on the 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi, Russia, the “terrorists” would have to breach Russia’s security perimeter. Coincidentally, back on November 26, 2013, it was reported that gunmen shot down Russian military contractors in Yemen. Whether or not Russian vehicles, ID’s or uniforms were stolen in the attack is not known, but a future scenario whereby terrorists enter Russia undetected is now theoretically possible. Roughly a month later on December 23, 2013, it was reported that Russia sent 75 combat vehicles to Syria to transport its chemical weapons. Whether or not all of these vehicles or its bio-chemical cargo made it back to Russia intact and without being hijacked is also not known. There is always the possibility that a terrorist “stowaway” or two could have made it back to Mother Russia along with the Syrian bio-chemical weapons. Coincidentally on February 3, 2014, it was reported that the Russian FSB has poor record against terrorists, yet another sign that Russian security is about to get breached.

READ: State-Sponsored Cyber-Terror Attack Warning for 2014 Winter Olympics

Terrorists on the Loose  
In order to create plausible deniability for Western governmental officials in the wake of an unprecedented bio-chemical terror attack on the 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi, Russia, a rather large and undisclosed amount of “terrorists” have inexplicably and simultaneously been released from prison. Staring on February 13, 2014, Afghanistan reportedly freed 65 Al Qaeda terror inmates that the U.S. called “dangerous”. The president of Afghanistan, Hamid Karzai, is a former UNOCAL oil executive which further shows the naked duplicity of international intelligence agencies and their minions stationed in power positions around the globe. Also on February 13, 2014, militants reportedly attacked a prison in Yemen, freeing several key Al-Qaeda members in the process. Also on February 13, 2014, it was reported that the Palestinian Authority has reportedly shelled out millions of dollars to terrorists released from prison, ultimately giving them the funds they need to facilitate new and deadly terrorist attacks against the West. Predictably, these newly freed terrorists will now collude and launch a new terror attack, possibly at the Olympics. In order to further set the precedent for impending acts of state-sponsored terrorism, it was reported on February 14, 2014, that global terrorism and insurgency attacks have surged 150% in the last 5 years.

Syrian Bio-Chemical Terror Plots
Syria’s chemical weapons were slated to play a key role in recently foiled bio-terror plots which are depicted in the October 14, 2013 Truther.org report entitled “Terrorist Hijack of Syria’s Chemical & Biological Weapons”; the October 15, 2013, Truther.org report entitled, “Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America”; and the January 7, 2014, Truther.org report entitled “Hijack of Syria’s Chemical Weapons in the Mediterranean by Al Qaeda and/or Somali Pirates Imminent”. Since these 3 particular terror plots were exposed and subsequently foiled, it now appears that intelligence agencies have resorted to “Plan D” in their quest to start a global bio-terror pandemic. The notion of a Syrian-based bio-chemical attack on the Olympics was first identified on January 30, 2014, when the U.S. stated that Syria was delaying its chemical disarmament and that Syria had shipped out less than 5% of its chemical weapons. Three days later on February 2, 2014, it was reported that Syrian President Assad was stockpiling chemical weapons as ‘insurance policy’, potentially foreshadowing the notation that he may use them in an upcoming attack. That same day, Fox News published a report entitled, “Syria to Ship More Chemical Weapons Abroad for Destruction”, foreshadowing the notion that Syria’s chemical weapons could go abroad and cause destruction. A day later on February 5, 2014, Syria reportedly missed a deadline in respect to its chemical weapons, ultimately putting the country in bad standing with the international community just 2 days prior to the Winter Olympics.

A7F059DB-D7A9-495A-AC0B-2309089B1C40_mw1024_mh1024_s

I. ATTACK SCENERIOS:

1.1: Aerial Attack
As previously reported on February 9, 2014, there is the possibility that the 2014 Winter Olympics could suffer 9/11-style terror attacks consisting of kamikaze planes nose-diving into the games with bio-chemical weapons on board. Since this terror plot was ultimately exposed, it’s highly unlikely that it will come to fruition. That being said, it is possible that terrorists could drop a bio-chemical bomb onto the Winter Olympics from the air. Coincidentally, on February 11, 2014, it was reported that in Sudan, the government has reportedly stepped up its use of dropping parachute bombs on people, furthering the notion that this type of attack is possible.

1.2: Ship Attack
Due to the fact that Sochi, Russia, sits on the northeast coast of the Black Sea, there is always the possibility that a ship in the Mediterranean or the Black Sea could be hijacked by terrorists, loaded up with bio-chemical weapons, and sailed to Sochi in a bid to attack the games. This particular bio-terror scenario was first reported on October 17, 2011, when a ship carrying chemical weapons was hijacked in the Artic Sea. More recently on January 7, 2014, the first of Syria’s bio-chemical weapons were reportedly shipped out of Syrian in the Mediterranean Sea, ultimately exposing them to potential piracy.

1.3: Tunnel Attack
In order to circumvent the 1,500-mile so-called “Ring of Steel” which has been erected around Sochi, Russia, in a bid to thwart Islamic terrorism, it’s possible that a so-called “terror tunnel” could be dug in order to smuggle bio-chemical weapons into Sochi. Coincidentally, on February 12, 2014, it was reported that longest drug tunnel ever was found in Nogales, Arizona. Two days later on February 14, 2014, it was reported that China plans to build the world’s longest undersea tunnel in the world. Needless to say, the aforementioned reports were evidently published in order to bring unprecedented attention to tunnels just prior to terrorists accessing the 2014 Winter Olympics via a tunnel.

1.4: Mail Attack
A relatively easy way for terrorists to attack the 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi, Russia, would be to somehow mail or ship chemical weapons into Russia. Once inside the aforementioned “Ring of Steel”, the chemical weapons could be used to target the games. Coincidentally, there have been a recent number of mail-related terror scares. For example, on January 14, 2014, a British man was arrested over an alleged bomb hoax package. Roughly a month later on February 13, 2014, a mail bomb reportedly killed a Tennessee lawyer and a number of suspicious packages were found at British Army offices. A day later on February 14, 2014, the UK military was on alert for an IRA mail-bomb threat. The aforementioned mail-related bomb attacks and scares have set the precedent for future mail-related terror attacks, possibly at the Winter Olympics.

1.5: Truck Attack
Back on December 23, 2013, it was reported that Russia had sent 75 combat vehicles to Syria to transport its chemical weapons. Whether or not all of these vehicles or its bio-chemical cargo made it back to Russian safely without being hijacked is not known, but a terror scenario by which the Olympics are attacked with a portion of these bio-chemicals shipped from Syria via truck is definitely a possibility.

II. THE SET-UP:

2.1: Intelligence Agency Terror
The telltale sign that terror is planned for the 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi is the fact that former U.S. Department of Homeland Security Chief Janet Napolitano will lead the Sochi Olympic delegation for America.  Aside from her presence at the games, it was reported on January 9, 2014 that the FBI is sending “security help” to the Sochi Olympics, another obvious sign that state-sponsored terror is imminent. To top it off, Interpol has reportedly signed a security deal with the IOC for the Winter Olympics. The fact that all of these police and intelligence agencies are congregating in Russia suggests that they are conspiring to commit acts of terror. Aside from Interpol, Napolitano and the FBI have no jurisdiction in Russia and therefore their presence is highly suspect to say the least.

2.2: Russian-Based Terror
As the “Washington Times” headline from January 30, 2014 correctly states, “Terrorist Attacks on the Rise in Russia as Winter Olympics Near”. Although state-sponsored “homegrown” terror (e.g., the Beslan Massacre) has been present in Russia since the end of the Cold War, it has suddenly and suspiciously become rather prevalent in the weeks leading up to the Winter Olympics in Sochi. The obvious question is, “Why?”. In short, the recent terror attacks and patsy arrests have created the necessary terror narrative from which a deadly terror attack can be launched. In other words, without the threat of terror, an Olympic bio-terror attack would seem out of place. Although Russia has imposed a security clampdown in respect to the Olympics, certain terror-related events will be “allowed” to happen just as they were back on December 29, 2014. In the event that the Winter Olympics are terror-free, homegrown Russian terror will likely disappear along with the athletes.  

Russian Terror Timeline:

1. November 27, 2013: Police detain 15 radical Islamists in Moscow
2. December 29, 2013: At Least 14 Dead after Suicide Bombing at Russia Railway Station
3. December 30, 2014: Second Suicide Bomber hits Russian City, 14 Killed
4. January 10, 2014: Russia: Six deaths, car blast prompt security sweep ahead of Games in Sochi
5. January 9, 2014: Security alert in southern Russia as bodies found in bomb-rigged cars
6. January 11, 2014: Russia nabs 5 terror suspects 185 miles east of Sochi
7. January 11, 2014: Russia says militants seized with bomb in south
8. January 15, 2014: 7 Killed in Olympic sweep: Russian security forces battle militants
9. January 17, 2014: Two explosions hit capital of Russia’s southern republic of Dagestan
10. January 20, 2014: Russians Study Islamic Video Threatening Olympics
11. January 21, 2014: Russian forces hunt Dagestan militants, ‘black widows’
12. January 21, 2014: Russian police kill terror suspect in Winter Olympics security crackdown
13. January 25, 2014: Russian teen charged with possessing weapon of mass destruction
14. January 25, 2014: Militants tell Russians to rebel against Kremlin or face attacks
15. January 30, 2014: Russia: 2 suspects arrested in Volgograd bombings
16. February 8, 2014: Suspected militants killed in Dagestan raid

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2.3: Terror Threats
Aside from the wave of terror attacks which have taken place in Russia leading up to the Winter Olympics, there has also been a rash of terror alerts issued by governments and terrorists alike. Aside from being a dead give-away in respect to planned acts of state-sponsored terror, the terror threats conclusively prove that governments and terrorists are in fact one in the same entity. After all, if the terrorists were truly working against the government, the media would never carry their threats on a daily basis. The golden rule of terrorism is that the government ONLY pimps their own terrorists. In respect to the 2014 Winter Olympics, there have been almost too many threats which suggest a state-sponsored terror attack is imminent.

Terror Threat Headlines:

1. January 15, 2014: Inside the Ring: Sochi Olympics face high threat of attack
2. January 19, 2014: Lawmakers concerned about Olympic security, amid new terror threats and attacks
3. January 19, 2014: Terror ‘Surprise’ for Sochi Olympics? Purported Suicide Bombers’ New Threat
4. January 20, 2014: ‘Ring of steel’ vs. Islamic terrorists: Olympic records set for security, threats in Sochi
5. January 28, 2014: Olympic torch moves through Dagestan amid new threat
6. January 28, 2014: Expert: Upcoming Olympics most dangerous due to terrorist threat
7. January 29, 2014: Threats to Sochi Olympics Whistleblower: ‘You Will Be Drowned in Blood!’
8. Januarys 30, 2014: Action Star Seagal Plays Down Olympic Terrorist Threat

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2.4: Terror Warnings
Terror warnings made by politicians and police are issued in order to gain plausible deniability post-Olympic terror. For example, on January 19, 2014, it was reported that U.S. Senator Angus King stated that he would skip Olympics, a rather odd statement from a man who is likely “in the know” and is having a crisis of conscience. Four days later on January 21, 2014, it was reported that Russian police have warned local hotels that a terror suspect is inside the city of Sochi, a report which insinuates that terrorists have already Olympic breached security. A day later on January 22, 2014, it was reported that Europeans are on alert after terrorists issued a warning stating that Olympic athletes will be targeted with terror attacks. Although the aforementioned threat was made in respect to Germany, Hungary, Italy, Slovakia and Slovenia, two days later on January 24, 2014, it was reported that U.S. State Department has warned American athletes not to wear their team gear too prominently outside of the 1,500-mile so-called “Ring of Steel”. In the event that U.S. athletes are attacked by terrorists, the U.S. government will predictably state they were targeted due to their American clothing.

2.5: Premeditated Terror Response
In the event that the 2014 Winter Olympics in Russia, are targeted by terrorists, the U.S. government will already be on stand-by to play hero. Headlines such as “Olympic Response Team: Security Firm Ready in Wings”, “U.S. Military to be on Standby During Olympics”, and “U.S. Will be Ready to Rescue Americans from Sochi in the Event of Attack” all but indicate that U.S. athletes may need to be rescued at some point during the Olympics. Six days later on January 31, 2014, it was reported that U.S, warships have set sail to the Black Sea, even before Olympic Games have begun. Needless to say, a crisis of epic proportions is currently brewing in Sochi, Russia.

2.6. U.S. & Russian Terror “Cooperation”
Since all 206 countries of the world are under the command and control of international intelligence agencies, politicians as well as the military follow orders just as they have been trained to do, never questioning where they are actually coming from. Consequently, there is cooperation between governments on all levels, albeit disguised and under the table on occasion. In respect to the 2014 Winter Olympics, both the U.S. and Russia are openly cooperating together on launching terror attacks in Sochi. Although they have been given different roles, each will play its part. The notion of U.S. and Russian working together on terror attacks was first identified on January 5, 2014, when it was revealed that the U.S, has offered “closer cooperation” on Olympic security. Roughly 3 weeks later on January 21, 2014, it was reported that the U.S. and Russia are discussing Olympic security (or lack thereof). A day later on January 22, 2014, Obama reportedly offered U.S. security assistance to Putin. Despite the media narrative that Russia is not sharing intelligence on the Sochi terror threat, both countries are working in concert to terrorize the world. In an ominous sign that U.S.-Russian ties are about to get strained in the wake of an Olympic-terror attack, it was reported on February 4, 2014 that the U.S. ambassador to Russia will quit after the Sochi Olympics. The lack of an ambassador during an Olympic terror crisis will conveniently allow the relationship between the U.S. and Russia to sour all the more quickly.

cold-war-graphics-640

III. OLYMPIC TERROR AFTERMATH:

3.1: New “Cold War”
In the wake of an Olympic terror attack in Sochi, Russia, Putin will blame the U.S. and the Obama will blame Russia. This will of course escalate tensions between the two nations which will eventually lead to a new Cold War. A new and improved U.S. versus Russia feud is coincidentally the theme of the televisions show entitled “The Americans”, whose second season will coincidentally premiere on February 26, 2014, as well as the new television mini-series entitled “The Assets” (see trailer) which premiered in the U.S. on January 2, 2014. As the January 16, 2014 report entitled “Shades of KGB Spotted at Olympics” so ominously foreshadows, the 2014 Winter Olympics will evidently be used to ignite the Cold War all over again. This particular notion was reinforced in a February 7, 2014, report which revealed that the FBI and CIA are essentially not wanted in Sochi. That same day, NBC host Bob Costas stated that the Olympics are “as red as the old Soviet flag”. A day later on February 8, 2014, it was reported that the US-Russia rift has widened at Sochi, another sign that a new Cold War between the U.S. and Russia is heating up.

3.2: “Cold War” Heating Up
In order for a new Cold War to be believable, there must be the looming threat of all out nuclear war. Therefore, the notion that Russia is now developing nuclear weapons which could threaten the U.S. must be put forth as truth. This particular narrative was first identified on December 17, 2013, when it was reported that Russia plans to build new ICBMs to replace the Cold War ‘Satan’ missile. A day later on December 18, 2013, it was reported that Russia also plans to build rail-mounted nuclear missiles to counter the United States’ Prompt Global Strike nuclear weapons program.  A day later on December 19, 2013, it was reported that a fired U.S. general named Michael Carey, the commander responsible for all 450 of the Air Force’s ICBSs, had exhibited “inappropriate behavior” while on official business in Russia, including heavy drinking and associating with “suspect” women. Whether true or not, the story was published with the goal of creating a sexy Cold War narrative and that U.S. nuclear secrets may have been compromised. Roughly a month later on January 30, 2014, it was reported that the U.S. is reviewing whether or not Russian violated its nuclear missile treaty. Also on January 30, 2014, the U.S. concluded that Russia had conducted a missile test banned by 1987 treaty, untimely setting the scene for a new Cold War.

3.3: U.S. vs. Russia
Aside from nuclear missiles, the U.S. and Russia have recently become highly disagreeable on a number of political issues. For example, on January 14, 2014, it was reported that Russia denied entry to an “undesirable” American news correspondent. Four days later on January 18, 2014, it was reported that Moscow officials visit Guantanamo in an attempt to free Russian terror detainee who was being “denied access to justice”. Three days later on January 21, 2014, it was reported that alleged NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden was a Russian spy and that Snowden has asked Russian police for protection after threats from the United States. A week later on January 28, 2014, the “Washington Times” ran the story with headline, “Who’s ‘Godless’ Now? Russia Says It’s U.S.”, which apparently foreshadows the Cold War to come. These reports, whether true or not, have been published with the goal of creating a political rift between the United Stated and Russia which will no doubt grow exponentially in the wake of a terror attack at the 2014 Winter Olympics.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2014 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on 50+ state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax, the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker, and he was the first to expose Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-sponsored terror alerts, warning, assertions and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

911 Redux

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE: On February 9, 2014, just hours before the following 9/11-style terror warning was issued by Truther.org, the U.S. embassy warned of an airline terror threat emanating out of Guyana. Interestingly, the report highlighted that back in 2007, a former member of Guyana’s parliament and a naturalized U.S. citizen were among 4 people convicted of participating in a failed Muslim terror plot to firebomb John F. Kennedy International Airport in New York. Hours later on the morning of February 10, 2014, it was reported that Olympic bobsledders got stuck in a Sochi elevator, further foreshadowing Olympic hotel collapse due to a 9/11-style terror attack. 

David Chase Taylor
February 9, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich Based on breaking news and events, it appears that a redux of the 9/11 Terror Attacks and the 2013 Thanksgiving Day 9/11-Style Terror Plot is now in play for both the United States and the 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi, Russia. Evidently, international intelligence agencies want to terrorize the world in the spirit of 9/11 (i.e., using as weapons of mass destruction) while simultaneously cashing in on the estimated 3-billion people who will be watching the Olympics on television. Due to the international nature of the Olympics, an attack on the U.S. or Sochi would in essence be an attack on the entire world.

It appears that this “International 9/11” of sorts will feature an attack on U.S. airports (e.g., LaGuardia Airport) originating out of Saudi Arabia, and an aerial bio-terror attack on Olympics hotels in Sochi by planes emanating out of Syria, or a neighboring country harboring Al Qaeda. After all, what better way to spark the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014 then to attack the Olympic hotels which house athletes and press from all over the world. In the aftermath of an attack, the infected will travel back to their part of the world, taking the disease with them.

The proverbial pre-state sponsored terror warning was issued on January 30, 2014, when the U.S. intelligence community stated that they fear attack on American soil while simultaneously stating that Syria is spiraling out of control. Six days later on February 5, 2014, just 2 days prior to the start of the Olympics, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security issued another terror warning in respect to “toothpaste tube bombs” on planes flying into Sochi. Low and behold, 48-hours later, a man was arrested for trying to hijack a plane to Sochi with a verbal bomb threat on the day of the Olympics’ opening ceremony. A day later, it was reported that police were questioning the hijacking suspect over his suspected ties to terrorism. Needless to say, these vapid terror warnings and staged events where designed to set the precedent for hijacking-related terror during the Olympics which are scheduled to conclude on February 23, 2014.

Olympic Hijack

I. SOCHI ATTACK:

1.1: Syrian-Based 9/11-Style Attack  
In the event that the 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi, Russia suffer a 9/11-style terror attack, the plane(s) will likely originate out of Syria and be loaded with bio-chemical weapons.
As previously mentioned, the best way to start the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014 is to attack the Olympic hotels which house athletes and press from all over the world. In order to bring unprecedented global attention to Sochi’s Olympic hotels prior to an attack on them, a number of journalists reported horrible conditions and U.S. bobsledder Johnny Quinn allegedly had to escape from his hotel bathroom by punching a hole through the door. Aside from the latter incident being totally fabricated, the story foreshadowed that Olympic athletes could become trapped inside hotels, possibly in the wake of a 9/11-style terror attack. The notion of a bio-outbreak within a hotel was coincidentally just highlighted in the February 7, 2014 New York Times report entitled, “Virus Outbreak Shuts Down Hudson Valley Hotel for Week”. The progenitors of terror are hoping to recreate an Olympic bio-chemical attack far greater than the Ghouta Chemical Attack which killed up to 1,729 people in Syria on August 21, 2013. Like the 2013 attack, an Olympic bio-chemical attack would most likely be scapegoated onto CIA-run Al Qaeda or Syria’s puppet president Bashar Al-Assad.

1.2: Syrian Bio-Chemical Plots

As evidenced, Syria’s chemical weapons were slated to play a key role in 3 previously foiled bio-terror plots as depicted in the October 14, 2013 Truther.org report entitled “Terrorist Hijack of Syria’s Chemical & Biological Weapons”; the October 15, 2013, Truther.org report entitled, “Islamic Terrorist Invasion of America”; and the January 7, 2014, Truther.org report entitled “Hijack of Syria’s Chemical Weapons in the Mediterranean by Al Qaeda and/or Somali Pirates Imminent”. Since these 3 particular bio-terror plots were exposed and subsequently foiled, it now appears that intelligence agencies have resorted to “Plan D” in their quest to start a global bio-terror pandemic. The notion of a Syrian-based bio-chemical attack on the Olympics was first identified on January 30, 2014, when the U.S. stated that Syria was delaying its chemical disarmament and that Syria had shipped out less than 5% of its chemical weapons
. Three days later on February 2, 2014, it was reported that Syrian President Assad was stockpiling chemical weapons as ‘insurance policy’, potentially foreshadowing the notation that he may use them in an upcoming attack. That same day, Fox News published a report entitled, “Syria to Ship More Chemical Weapons Abroad for Destruction”, foreshadowing the notion that Syria’s chemical weapons could go abroad and cause destruction. A day later on February 5, 2014, Syria reportedly missed a deadline in respect to its chemical weapons, ultimately putting the country in bad standing with the international community just 2 days prior to the Winter Olympics.

1.3: Al Qaeda Bio-Terror Attack
Since Syria is less than 500 miles away from Sochi (about 1 hour by airplane), terrorists affiliated with Al Qaeda could theoretically load up a Syrian plane with contagious bio-chemical weapons and execute a kamikaze attack on a hotel in Sochi. According to a January 30, 2014 report, Al Qaeda has now spawned 5 different franchises in 12 countries, including Syria which has become a “huge magnet for extremists” with an estimated 26,000 of them now in the war-torn country. Two days later on February 1, 2014, it was reported that an Al Qaeda-owned chemical weapons lab was found in Iraq which is less than 600 miles away from Sochi (about 1.5 hours by airplane). According to a January 14, 2014, report, Germany’s top security official stated that Islamic extremists traveling to Syria key concern. Three weeks later on February 4, 2014, top U.S. intelligence chiefs warned Syria could become base for attacks against U.S. In other words, so-called Islamic extremists are now allegedly traveling to and from Syria with ease. Therefore, an attack by one or more of the 26,000 Al Qaeda troops using a plane there is bound to happen sooner or later.

II. U.S. ATTACK:

al-qaeda-620x387

2.1: New York City Targets
Although New York skyscrapers such as the Freedom Tower (i.e., One World Trade Center) or the newly opened 4 World Trade Center (the first World Trade Center Tower opened since 9/11) could be targeted in a new 9/1-style attack, it’s far more likely that domestic airports will be targeted just as they were in the 1968 Israeli terror attack on 13 civilian airliners at the Beirut, Lebanon airport. Fully loaded passenger planes executing kamikaze attacks into crowded U.S. airports would likely kill tens of thousands and forever change the way we fly.

2.2: LaGuardia Airport Attack
In what appears to be a set-up for New York City airport terror, it was reported on January 20, 2014, that the NYPD arrested Port Authority protesters for blocking LaGuardia airport. Curiously, among those arrested was U.S. congressman Charles Rangel (D-New York) which suggests that the entire protest was a ruse with a sinister purpose. Whether or not the staged Port Authority protest was executed in order to create a diversion so that remote controlled explosives could be inserted in and around the LaGuardia airport is not known, but it wouldn’t be the first time such a tactic was used. Suspiciously, on January 20, 2014, it was also reported that New York Governor Andrew Cuomo approved a $3.6 billion construction project that will create a new central terminal at LaGuardia. This obviously makes the old LaGuardia terminals expendable, just like the asbestos-infested World Trade Center towers were prior to the 9/11 attacks. When U.S. Vice President Joe Biden stated that LaGuardia was like a ‘third world’ airport on February 7, 2014, he was purposely foreshadowing LaGuardia’s imminent demise at the hands terrorists from Saudi Arabia which is coincidentally a non-aligned third world country.  

2.3: Airport Terror Trending
Prior to a major 9/11-style attack on a U.S. airport, the public must be led to believe though fabricated headlines and staged events that yes, it can happen. Coincidentally, in the last 6 weeks, there have been at least 4 incidents of airport attacks and threats. The first incident occurred on December 26, 2013, when a man was arrested for climbing fence at Phoenix airport and running after a plane. Roughly 3 weeks later on January 18, 2014, it was reported that Islamic gunmen stormed an airbase in Libya. Roughly 2 weeks later on January 31, 2014, Maxwell Air Force Base in Alabama was evacuated over a package believed to contain explosive material. Most recently on February 3, 2014, it was reported that a TSA employee told his TSA supervisor that “he would rather vent than to come back and shoot up the place”. Whether or not these airport attacks and threats will commence with a 9/11 style attack on U.S. airports is not known, but the precedent for an airport-related terror has definitely been set.

2.4: U.S. Airport Tower Attack
In what appears to be the cover for the insertion of remote controlled explosives into U.S. airport towers, on February 6, 2014, it was reported that the FAA will “examine” hundreds of airport towers nationwide after an air traffic controller was allegedly injured in a lightning strike. Aside from being downright laughable, the FAA’s so-called examinations could theoretically provide the necessary cover for the insertion of explosives into airport towers in New York or any other state for that matter. Lightening has occurred since the dawn of time and aside from a lightning rod, there is not much mankind can do to avoid it. Needless to say, the FAA’s so-called “examinations” are highly suspect and suggests that state-sponsored airport tower terror is imminent.

2.5: Saudi Arabia’s Role on 9/11
As previously reported, it would be foolish to dismiss the role of Saudi Arabia in the September 11, 2001, terror attacks. Of the 19 Al Qaeda hijackers involved in the attacks, 15 were confirmed to be citizens of Saudi Arabia, including the so-called 20th hijacker known only as Mohamed al-Kahtani. Consequently, of the twenty alleged 9/11 hijackers, 16 were Saudi citizens, representing a total of 84% of the hijackers. While Saudi Arabia did play the intelligence role of patsy in the 9/11 attacks, the state of Israel and their Mossad executed the 9/11 attacks in real time. Therefore, in the event that America suffers another 9/11-style terror attack, it is highly likely that Saudi Arabia will once again be scapegoated, regardless of Israeli involvement. Coincidentally, on December 27, 2013, it was reported that Ahmed al-Ibrahim, an adviser to Saudi Arabia royals, stated that, “We feel we have been stabbed in the back by Obama”. Whether or not this telling remark will translate into another 9/11-style attack is not known, but a sexy terror narrative has definitely been created.

2.6: Saudi Arabian Airlines
to NYC
A shocking January 29, 2014, report by Fox News revealed that
Saudi Arabian Airlines, which now operates 14 flights a week to New York City, uses the Boeing 777for its transcontinental flights to America, the same model as one of mystery planes recently taken out of service (see below). Whether or not the kingdom’s national carrier will be used new terror attacks is yet to be seen, but on January 29, 2014, it was reported that Saudi flights were delayed in Jeddah and Medina after online bomb threat, an ominous sign that Saudi airline terror may be imminent. Coincidentally, 2 days later on January 31, 2014, it was revealed that Obama is planning a “fence-mending” trip to Saudi Arabia, something which will surely come in handy if and when Saudi Arabia launches another 9/11-style attack on the U.S.

2.7: The Mystery Planes
The planes needed for these 9/11-style terror attacks may have been identified in the February 1, 2014, USA Today report which revealed that 2 Boeing airliners where grounded after their cabins filled with “smoke”. According to reports, a United Airlines Boeing 777 was forced to land prematurely at Newark Liberty International Airport in Newark, N.J., while Delta Flight 987, a Boeing 737-800 from Philadelphia International Airport in Pennsylvania, never got off the ground. Aside from the fact that the smoke was not caused by a fire, the chances of two different classes of planes experiencing the same emergency on the same day is next to zero and suggests foul play at the very least. Whether or not these planes are at still at the aforementioned airports is not known, but there is a very high possibility that they may be used in upcoming 9/11-style terror attacks. Back on September 11, 2001, planes were flown into the Twin Towers via a remote control using a homing beacon and the planes in question may have been technologically retrofitted for the exact same purpose. As the February 9, 2014, USA Today report entitled “When Panes Land Themselves” foreshadows, airliners will once again be landing themselves—just as they did on 9/11.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2014 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on 50+ state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax, the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker, and he was the first to expose Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-sponsored terror alerts, warning, assertions and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Bio Pirate

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE: Less that 24 hours after the following report was published, it was revealed that a Chinese ship has arrived to “help remove” Syria’s chemical weapons. According to the report, the Chinese ship will remain at sea until more chemical materials are made available at the Latakia port for pickup. In other words, the ship will become a sitting duck in the middle of the Mediterranean and is now vulnerable to attack by pirates or terrorists. If reports are to be believed, the countries of China, Denmark, Italy, Norway, Russia, the U.S., as well as the U.N. are now actively involved in the removal and destruction of Syria’s chemical weapons. The more entities involved the greater the chance that chemical weapons could go missing, get lost, or be hijacked.

David Chase Taylor
January 7, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that Syria’s chemical weapons will be hijacked in the Mediterranean Sea by either Al Qaeda terrorists who just seized Fallujah, Iraq, on January 4, 2014, or by Somali pirates who according to a January 6, 2014, report, are being  armed “indirectly” by the government of the United Kingdom.

Download & Forward PDF

According to a December 29, 2013, report, Syria’s chemical agents will be taken to Italy where the U.S. Navy will take control of the weapons before they are taken to international waters and destroyed using a specially equipped titanium tank. It is during the Syria-to-Italy trip that Syria’s chemical weapons will likely be hijacked by terrorists and/or pirates. Why the U.S. Navy doesn’t to take control of the deadly weapons in Syria or at least take the titanium tank off the coast of Syria is highly suspect to say the least. Evidently, the plan is to provide a window of opportunity for a third party such as Al Qaeda or Somali pirates to hijack the chemical weapons which will then be used against the U.S. to start the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014.

Chemical Weapons Hijack Warning
The notion that Syria’s chemical weapons could be hijacked was first reported on October 14, 2013, in a Truther.org report entitled, “Terrorist Hijack of Syria’s Chemical & Biological Weapons (SSTTA): U.N. Chemical Weapons Inspector Team Attack, Kidnaping & Hostage Crisis Trending”. Although it was reported that the United Nations chemical weapons disarmament team had begun destroying Syria’s chemical weapons, they are evidently still alive and well in Syria. Roughly 2 months later on December 23, 2013, it was reported that Russia was sending 75 combat vehicles to Syria to transport chemical weapons, yet chemical weapons curiously remain in Syria. The fraudulent reports appear to be part of an elaborate intelligence smoke screen created in order to ensure that Syria’s chemical weapons ultimately fall into the hands of terrorists and/or pirates.

CYPRUS-SYRIA-CONFLICT-CHEMICAL-OPCW-NORWAY-DENMARK-

Syria’s Chemical Weapons being Shipped
After months of fraudulent reports in respect to the destruction of Syria’s chemical weapons, it was finally confirmed on January 7, 2014, that the first batch of Syria’s chemicals weapons had been shipped out of Syria on a Danish ship. According to reports, the raw chemicals were loaded onto a ship at Syria’s Latakia port, marking a crucial step in the international operation to rid President Bashar Assad of his chemical weapons program. The report was clear to point out that Syria’s chemical weapons would be not be fully dispersed until mid-year (possibly June) and that the Danish ship will have to make more than one trip to Syria to pick up all the chemical agents. It is during one of these trips between Syria and Italy that one or more of the chemical transport ships may come under attack and its deadly cargo hijacked.

92fd6e75b6fd0c00480f6a706700eefc

Bio-Terror Shipping Drills
While it’s good news that Syria’s chemical weapons are finally leaving Syria, the entire U.N. and Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW) mission became highly suspect on December 29, 2013, when it was reported that Danish and Norwegian ships were training off the coast of Cyprus for the removal of Syria’s chemical weapons. According to reports, the 4-ship group began executing seaborne “emergency rescue drills”, including firefighting and ship-to-ship transfers of injured personnel in anticipation of the removal of more than 1,000 tons of chemical agents from Syria. Although the drills may appear benign, they include the key terms “fire”, “injuries” and ultimately “transfers”, all which would occur during a staged chemical weapons hijack. Since terror drills always precede acts of state-sponsored terror, a made-for-TV attack and chemical weapons hijack by Al Qaeda or Somali pirates appears imminent.

Chemical Weapons Syr_Cham640

The “MV Cape Ray”

On January 2, 2014, it was reported that a ship entitled MV Cape Ray is being outfitted in Virginia with “sophisticated technology” capable of destroying Syria’s chemical weapons. This is reportedly done by utilizing a high-tech system that can neutralize lethal chemical weapons such as nerve gas with water and bleaching compounds. According to reports, the 648-foot MV Cape Ray is undergoing work at a Portsmouth, New Hampshire shipyard in anticipation for its voyage to the Mediterranean. Considering that Danish and Norwegian ships have been training to remove Syria’s chemical weapons since December 29, 2013, the role of the MV Cape Ray in the removal of Syria’s chemical weapons is not clear. Also the actions of the MV Cape Ray openly contradict the December 29, 2013, report which states that Syria’s chemical weapons will be taken to Italy where the U.S. Navy take control of them and destroy them in international waters. Whether the MV Cape Ray will play the role of hijacker or hijackee is not known, but its impending trip to the Mediterranean is highly suspicious to say the least.

Ship Terror Trending
Prior to a high-profile ship-related terror attack, the public must first be psychologically programed to accept that this is in fact possible. Starting on December 28, 2013, there has been a wave of shipping related news and events which have brought ships into the public eye. The events, most of which appear to have been staged, have set the precedent for impending ship-related terror.

Ship Headlines:

1. December 29, 2013: Passenger ferry catches fire in North Sea
2. December 29, 2013: Chinese icebreaker turns back from Antarctic rescue mission
3. December 29, 2013: Cruise ship passenger apparently jumps overboard near Puerto Rico
4. January 2, 2014: Passengers rescued from icebound Russian Antarctica ship
5. January 2, 2014: Police believe passenger fell from cruise ship
6. January 5, 2014: Senegal seizes Russian ship in Guinea-Bissau’s waters over ‘illegal fishing’
7. January 5, 2014: Amazon founder Bezos airlifted from Galapagos Islands cruise ship
8. January 7, 2014: Chinese ship trapped in Antarctic ice after coming to aid of Russian ship breaks free

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

 

 

Terrorist Invasion of America

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE III: On October 18, 2013, it was reported that Libya’s military police commander, Ahmed al-Barghathi, was assassinated as he left a mosque. What role al-Barghathi was slated to play in the U.S. pirate/terrorist invasion is not known, but his timely assassination is highly suspect. A day later on October 19, 2013, it was reported that a senior Mexican drug cartel member was executed by an assassin in a clown suit. As previously reported, terrorists invading from Mexico would have needed inside help from a Mexican drug cartel. A day late on October 20, 2013, it was reported that the Australian navy arrested 9 suspected pirates in the Indian Ocean. Four days later on October 24, 2013, Special Forces, most likely dressed up like pirates, stormed a U.S.-flagged ship off the coast of Nigeria and kidnapped two Americans on board while simultaneously disabling the communications and navigation equipment on the ship. Evidently, the pirates (Special Forces) were not concerned with the ship or the other passengers as they took the two Americans and escaped. What role these two Americans were slated to play in the U.S. terrorist invasion is not known, but their random kidnapping is highly suspect. That same day, Russia dropped piracy charge against 30 Greenpeace activists who were slated to participate in a show trial in the aftermath of a U.S. pirate invasion. A day later on October 25, 2013, it was reported that the leader of al-Nusra Front, an Al-Qaeda affiliated fighting force in Syria, was assassinated. What role Abu Mohammad al-Golani was slated to play in the U.S. terrorist invasion is not known, but his timely assassination is also highly suspect. Intelligence agencies are evidently cleaning up all remaining liabilities in their now foiled U.S. terrorist invasion plot.

UPDATE II: On October 18, 2013, it was reported that a “top Syrian intelligence officer” was killed during fighting in Syria. Although not yet confirmed, it does appear that Maj. Gen. Jamea Jamea was directly involved in the planned Syrian Rebel invasion of the U.S. and therefore was subsequently executed once he became a liability in the aftermath of the foiled state-sponsored terror plot.

UPDATE I:
On October 17, 2013, it was revealed that the cruise ship entitled the “Disney Magic”, which had been dry docked in Cadiz, Spain after undergoing a “five-week overhaul”, crossed the Atlantic Ocean from Cadiz to Miami, Florida WITHOUT passengers. Although not yet confirmed, it does appear that the ship was to be hijacked by Islamic terrorists in Spain and sailed to American shores laden with a deadly concoction of chemical weapons. A day later on October 18, 2013, it was revealed that a notorious thief named Ismael A.V., alias “The Troll,” was arrested on the Spanish island of Ibiza along with 16 other criminals for committing the “biggest jewelry robbery in Spanish history”. The heist reportedly involved the theft of 1,700 prestigious Swiss watches valued at almost $400,000. Evidentially, “The Troll” and his “band of criminals” were going to be implicated in the theft of the “Disney Magic” cruise ship in the aftermath of the U.S. terrorist invasion.

David Chase Taylor
October 15, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — Based on breaking news and events, President Barack Obama has green-lighted the full-scale invasion of the continental United States by Islamic terrorists. This particular terror scenario was previously attempted by the Obama administration on April, 4, 2013 and August 24, 2013, but was postponed due to unwanted media exposure.   

Download & Forward PDF

The unprecedented invasion of the American Homeland will be conducted by a concoction of Islamic “terrorists” including but not limited to: Al Qaeda; Al Shabaab; Boko Haram; the Free Syrian Army (Rebels); the Libyan Rebels; the Lord’s Resistance Army; and Somali Pirates. As the May 22, 2013, Atlantic Wire headlines ominously foreshadowed: “Obama Is Set to Reset the War on Terror”.

This treasonous terror plot was initiated one week after the foiled nuclear terror attack on Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, when the real terrorists, unable to terrorize Americans with an Al Qaeda nuclear bomb, were forced to resort to Plan B: the full-scale terrorist invasion of America by terrorists equipped with biological and chemical weapons.

Starting on February 15, 2011, the Obama administration authorized the terrorist invasion of Libya. A month later, the “civil war” in Syria commenced on March 15, 2011. In an obvious sign that the state-sponsored terror operation is going as planned, the black Al Qaeda flag now flies high over Libya as well as over Syria.

Now that the CIA funded terrorist “Rebels” have had over 2 years to perfect there urban warfare terrorism training on innocent civilians, they are slated to make their long-awaited appearance on American shores. They will be aided in their travels by another state-sponsored terrorist organization that specializes in both terror and piracy—Al Shabaab. The eclectic group of terrorists will most likely travel to America using one or more of the following methods:   

Means of Terrorist Invasion:

1. By Air: Hijack and Commandeer a Commercial Airplane
2. By Air: Hijack and Commandeer a U.S. C-130 Transport Plane
3. By Sea: Hijack and Commandeer a Commercial Cruise Ship
4. By Sea: Hijack and Commandeer a Freighter-Cargo Ship
5. By Sea: Hijack and Commandeer a Nuclear or Homemade Submarine

White Al Qaeda
 
Once in America, the concoction of Islamic terrorists will allegedly link up with white American gun owners who oppose Obama in order to commit simultaneous acts of “Jihad” and “Race War” terror. By conducting large scale terror attacks on the same exact day, the Islamic terrorists and the American gun owners will appear to be working in collusion, which is exactly the point. The twin terror attacks will bring about the emergence of the so-called “White Al Qaeda” which will ultimately give Obama cart blanch to authorize drone strikes on all American citizens. Naturally, this type of aggression by Obama would spark a civil war—exactly what it’s intended to do.

The “Rebels
The Libyan Rebels and Syrian Rebels were given their “Rebel” nicknames because the plan has always been to merge the Islamic Rebels with those who fly the Confederate Rebel Flag and root for the Ole Miss Rebels in the American South. That way, Americans nobody will be able to tell the difference between the foreign terrorists and the domestic terrorists. This will ultimately allow the Obama administration to eradicate all of its political opposition with autonomous drones while the world cheers them on.

Live TV Terror
Prior to high-profile “Jihad” and “Race War” terror attacks on “Live TV”, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. In the hit series “
Homeland”, the episode entitled “Two Hats” featured a terrorist leader who was plotting to film a terror attack on “Live TV”  and disseminate it globally. This is the exact game plan of the Obama administration, which is planning on doing the same exact thing. The reasoning behind this is simple for it will allow the footage of the dastardly acts of terror to be shown over and over again on television and social media until the reputation of America is completely decimated.

Secondary Targets
In the aftermath of the “Live TV” terror attacks, the invading terrorists
will fan out through America like a plague conducting further acts of terror most likely consisting of 9/11 style aerial attacks and suicide bombings against U.S. airports, bio-labs, churches, courthouses, dams, hospitals, landmarks, malls, nuclear reactors, ports, oil and gas facilities, power plants, schools, sporting events and universities. They will likely be aided in part by the thousands of two-way radios which were lost by the U.S. Marshals and the 1 million foreigners who were recently “lost” by Homeland Security.In the aftermath of a wave of unprecedented terror attacks, the Rebels will likely seize the Sierra Army Depot in Herlong, California, where millions of tons of U.S. Army equipment is stored (e.g., 35,000 military vehicles and 95,000 military containers). This military equipment will then be used by the Rebels to terrorize and destroy America for years to come.

Dictator Obama
Just as the first African Emperor of Rome,
Septimius Severus (April 11, 145 AD – February 4, 211 AD), suspended the Roman Constitution and declared the Roman Empire a military dictatorship, Obama, the first African-American president, will declare martial law in the United States the aftermath of an terrorist invasion. The reason history is always repeating is because humanity is in fact living in New Roman Times. The invasion of America by terrorists will be a valiant political attempt to resurrect Obama to dictator status. This will be accomplished by: a) garnering unprecedented domestic support in the wake of the invasion and subsequent attacks, b) creating unprecedented race related division in the U.S. over an African-American president allowing Al Qaeda and African terrorists to invade, and c), mass death on the scale of Nazi Germany as American gun owners, intellectuals and patriots are rounded up and sent to FEMA camps for extermination.

U.S. Security Compromised
In the aftermath of a terrorist invasion of America, the NSA leaks and the recent shutdown of the U.S. government will no doubt be scapegoated as the reason that the invasion was not thwarted. This was all but confirmed on June 26th, 2013, when it was reported that Al Qaeda terrorists have changed their communication methods after the NSA leaks made by alleged whistleblower Edwards Snowden, making it impossible for the Obama administration to spy on terrorists. Roughly 4 months late on October 2, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. government shutdown has already damaged national security. In a speech before the Senate Judiciary Committee, Senator Ted Cruz stated, “If God forbid, we see an attack on the United States because the intelligence community has not been adequately funded, every member of this committee would be horrified”. Five days later on October 9, 2013, the Chief of MI5 stated that the material leaked by alleged NSA whistle-blower ‘hands the advantage to the terrorists’, insinuating that a major terror attack is imminent. Needless to say, the U.S. government has given themselves multiple reasons as to why they are vulnerable to an upcoming wave of domestic terror attacks. Further indicating that all is not well in America, it was reported on October 10, 2013, the No. 2 man at the Pentagon, Ashton Carter, has resigned as deputy defense secretary.

U.S. Counter-Terror Operations in Africa
Starting on October 5, 2013, the
U.S. inexplicably executed two counter terror raids in Libya and Somali, home to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, and the Somali Pirates. The anti-terror missions were led by the Navy SEALs in response to the Westgate Mall Terror Attack which was allegedly committed by Al Shabaab in Nairobi, Kenya on September 21, 2013. Evidently, the terror raids were all part of a staged military and intelligence effort to publically enrage African-based terror groups just prior to their scheduled invasion of the United States. Reports stating that the raids “highlight” the terror threat in Africa and could “bolster” Al Shabaab suggests that the feared “militant backlash” from the raids is all part of the Hollywood-like narrative which will likely culminate in revenge attacks emanating out of Africa.

SEAL Mission # 1 (SUCCESS)
According to reports, the first raid was conducted in Libya where the SEALs arrested Al Qaeda leader Nazih Abdul-Hamed al-Ruqai (aka Anas Al Liby), an alleged terrorist wanted by the U.S. for the 1998 American embassy bombings in east Africa. Interestingly, it was reported on October 8, 2013, that a special team from the U.S. is interrogating Al Liby from Libya on naval ship and that Obama may have swapped ‘black’ detention sites for ships. The raid, arrest and interrogation of a 15-year old terror suspect on a ship just off the African coast appear to be nothing more than well-coordinated publicity stunt meant to bring unprecedented global attention on Africa, African terrorists and ships just prior to the scheduled invasion of the U.S. by Islamic terrorists from Africa.

SEAL Mission # 2 (FAIL)
The second U.S. military raid was executed in southern Somalia where Navy SEAL Team 6 allegedly swam ashore near the town of Barawe before encountering fierce resistance from the al-Qaida-linked terrorist group known as Al Shabaab. According to reports, a 15-20 minute firefight allegedly occurred between the two groups before SEAL Team leader decided to abort the mission. However, since the SEALs did not complete their mission and secure their intended target (i.e., an Al-Qaida suspect allegedly related to the Westgate Mall Terror Attack),  it can be insinuated that the SEALs were no match for the terrorists—a convenient and sexy terror narrative that makes Al Shabaab look, at least fighting wise, on par with the Navy SEALs.

Black Flag Terror Propaganda
Prior to a high-profile invasion of the United States by terrorists flying a black flag, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood videogame propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. On October 29, 2013, the highly anticipated videogame entitled “
Assassin’s Creed IV: Black Flag” will be released. Coincidentally, the four of the top state-sponsored terror groups (e.g., Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, and Al-Nusra Front) all fly black flags.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. The Terror Warnings
2. Terrorist Mergers
3. Terrorist Invasion of America
4. Air Invasion
5. Sea Invasion
6. Crossing the Mexican Border
7. American Sleeper Cells
8. Al Qaeda
9. Al Shabaab
10. The Syrian Rebels
11. Government Attacks & Threats

I. THE TERROR WARNINGS:

1.1: Unprecedented Terror Warnings
In the last few months, there has been an unprecedented amount of terror warnings emanating from both the U.S. government and their state-sponsored terror groups (e.g., Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Syrian Rebels, etc.). The fact that these warnings exist in mass and mirror each other identically further indicates that Islamic terrorists groups and intelligence services (e.g., CIA, FBI, ATF, NATO, etc.) are one in the same entity. The recent wave of terror warnings began on June 3, 2013, when it was reported that
Al Qaeda released a new video urging Boston Bombing-like attacks in the United States. Roughly 2 months later on August 5, 2013, it was reported that “terrorists” already have their orders and could be in place for upcoming attacks. Intelligence agencies only know that the terrorists have their “orders” because they themselves issued the order to attack. A month later on September 13, 2013, Al Qaeda again called for attacks inside United States. These terror warnings are being issued in mass in order to psychologically prepare the American public for a wave of unprecedented terror-related events.

U.S. Terror Warning Timeline:

1. January 27, 2913:
UK Warns of Specific Threat to Westerners in Somalia
1. August 2, 2013:
U.S. Issues Global Travel Alert over Al-Qaeda Threat
2. August 3, 2013:
Interpol Issues Global Security Alert Regarding Al Qaeda
3. August 6, 2013:
State Dept. Urges US Citizens To Leave Yemen Over Al Qaeda Threat
4. August 5, 2013:
New York, San Francisco increase security over Al Qaeda threat
5. August 5, 2013:
US Special Forces on Alert Overseas To Strike Any Potential Al Qaeda Targets
6. August 19, 2013:
Al Qaeda Terrorists ‘Aim to Hit Jewish Targets Worldwide’ In Coming Weeks
7. September 1, 2013:
U.S. Travel Warning: Al Qaeda-Syrian Rebels ‘Claimed Nearly 600 Attacks’
8. September 26, 2013:
US Renews Global Terrorism Alert for American Citizens
9. September 28, 2013:
US Issues Travel Advisory for Kenya in Wake of Mall Attack

[Does not purport to a complete list of events]

II. TERRORIST MERGERS:

2.1: Chief of U.S. Africa Command Warns Of Islamic Terror Collaboration
The worst case scenario in which all Islamic terrorists would join forces was first vocalized on March 15, 2013, it was reported that the Chief of the U.S. Africa Command has warned that threats from Islamic extremists in Africa are increasing and if unchecked could pose a greater danger to American interests and allies. According to the report, Army General Carter Ham stated that threats in Africa do not match al-Qaida or the Taliban in Afghanistan, “but the trend is not good”. General Ham then cited the growing collaboration between the Nigerian-based radical sect Boko Haram and al-Qaida in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM), which bases its operations in Mali.

2.2: Terrorists Groups Coordinating Attacks  

Terror collaboration concerns originally voiced by the Chief of U.S. Africa Command were reiterated on  April 2, 2013, when it was reported that Iraqi intelligence has revealed that
Syrian and Iraqi Islamic extremist groups were ramping up cooperation in terrorist attacks throughout the Middle East. Also on April, 2, 2013, it was reported that a radical Islamic group that the Movement for Oneness and Jihad in West Africa, or MUJAO, claimed credit for 9 operations around the northern Malian city of Gao, including suicide bombings. According to the report, the city of Gao was ruled by MUJAO, an offshoot of al-Qaida’s chapter in Africa for nearly 10 months. These April reports show further terrorist collaboration in both name and attacks throughout the Middle East and Africa.

2.3: Al Qaeda & Syrian Rebel Merger
Why intelligence agencies and the media continue to be the mouthpiece for alleged Islamic terror groups is self-evident, but never more so than April 9, 2013, it was reported that Al Qaeda’s Iraq branch and a Syria militant group had announced a merger. Roughly two months later on June 10, 2013, it was reported that an Al Qaeda leader had rejected the merger between the Syrian and Iraqi terror networks. The on and off again merger between the Al Qaeda and their affiliates in Syria was a publicity stunt to: a) show that the two terror groups are in communication and therefore it would be more likely that they would in fact work together, and b) convince the public that there is in fact a difference between state-sponsored terror groups.

2.4: Africa & Middle East Terror Collaboration  
The latest terror collaboration was revealed on October 3, 2013, it was reported that
Al-Shabaab and other Islamic militant groups in Africa have developed ties, further insinuating that the terrorists are working together. According to the report, terrorism analysts say there is a worrying trend in Africa: “an increase in collaboration among religious radicals across borders and vast, poorly policed regions”. Terror groups cited in the report include al-Qaida in the Islamic Maghreb (north and west Africa); Nigeria’s Boko Haram; and al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula, based in Yemen, across the Gulf of Aden from Somalia.

2.5: Middle East & Africa Terror Funding
In an attempt to bait the public into thinking that terrorism is actually funded from inside the Middle East and Africa, a number of propaganda reports in respect to billionaires from African and the Middle East have been published. On September 16, 2013, a report entitled “
Saudi Arabia Top Middle East Billionaire List” was published. 17 days later on October 3, 2013, a secondary report entitled “Wealth-X Reveals Middle East’s Wealthiest Billionaires” was published. 5 days later on October 8, 2013, a report entitled “Africa Rises: Continent Triples its Number of Billionaires” was published which was quickly followed by secondary report on October 10, 2013, entitled “Survey Lists 55 Billionaires in Africa”. If and when major terror attacks occur within the U.S. stemming from Africa and the Middle East, patsies doubling as the alleged financiers will no doubt be arrested, tried and convicted for terror attacks stemming from Washington, D.C. and Tel Aviv. Then on October 11, 2013, it was reported that Syria extremists are financed by private Gulf donors who went on to commit mass killing, confirming that billionaires in Africa and the Middle East will be scapegoated for financing future terror attacks.

III: TERRORIST INVASION OF AMERICA:

3.1: Strait of Gibraltar, Spain

Prior to a high-profile terrorist invasion of the United States by a ship (e.g., cruise ship, freighter, tanker or submarine) emanating from the Strait of Gibraltar in Spain, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Starting on June 21, 2013, when police allegedly in Spain busted an Al-Qaeda terror ring in Ceuta, there has been a coordinated effort by intelligence services to portray Spain as: a) sympathetic to Islamic extremism, and b) home to Islamic extremists who are willing to help Islamic terrorists. A few months later on September 16, 2013, it was reported that Spain had arrested the leader of terror recruitment network that sent terrorists to Syria. Three days later on September 19, 2013, Britain named an ex-Iraqi general, likely highly anti-American, as the governor of Gibraltar, ultimately ensuring that a terrorist laden ship will be able to pass through security at the Strait of Gibraltar. A few weeks later on October 5, 2013, thousands of protestors in Spain marched in support of Basque terrorists. Two days later on October 7, 2013, Spanish government tried 6 Somalis in court for piracy after an alleged attack on Spanish warship in 2012. The next day on October 8, 2013, Britain put Spain on alert over Gibraltar border checks, potentially indicating that terrorists are already trying to infiltrate the Strait of Gibraltar.  A day later on October 9, 2013, Belgian police arrested an armed Basque terror suspect wanted in 6 killings, further insinuating that Spanish people are involved in acts of terror. In the aftermath of an unprecedented terrorist invasion of the United States, the Spanish people will likely be demonized as Islamic terrorist sympathizers.

3.2: “Operation Martillo”
If and when terrorists hijack commercial or military aircraft, ships or subs and make their way to America, a drill to ensure their safe landing must be in place so that they are not shot down or sunk by artillery fire. On October 6, 2013, a report entitled “
4 Dead in Colombia Crash of US Anti-Drug Plane” revealed that a plane “tracking a suspected smuggling vessel along with a Colombian vessel over the western Caribbean” had lost radio contact and crashed in mountainous jungle region where rebels of the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC) operate along with drug traffickers. Aside from assassinating a few unwanted personal, the “accident” highlighted that “Operation Martillo” is in full effect. According a September 22, 2013, report from SOUTHCOM, Operation Martillo (Hammer) is a U.S., European, and Western Hemisphere effort targeting illicit trafficking routes in coastal waters along the Central American isthmus”. The South American “security initiative” focusing on “key shipping routes” is being led by the U.S. and 13 other countries (e.g., Belize, Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, France, Guatemala, Honduras, the Netherlands, Nicaragua, Panama, Spain, and the United Kingdom). Coincidentally, Operation Hammer (Martillo) (the name reversed) is the official name of the NATO operation in Afghanistan, potentially indication the origin of the impending terrorist laden plane.

3.3: Terrorist Invasion of America
As evidenced, cruise ships, freighters, subs, cargo planes and commercial airliners are all simultaneously blinking red in respect to state-sponsored terrorism and may be used as a means of transportation in respect to the impending terrorist invasion of America. It is imperative to note that intelligence agencies always prime multiple terror scenarios, multiple patsies and multiple scapegoats in order to give themselves options during and after a terror attack. That way, they always have a backup when things go south.

IV. AIR INVASION:

4.1: Airport Attacks Trending

The notion that terrorists (e.g., Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, or the Syrian Rebels) could attack a commercial airport or a fortified military airbase and hijack aircraft has already been established. Aside from the 2 suspicious fires at Nairobi Airport that indicate that airport terror is imminent, there have been at least 3 terrorist attacks on airports, including the
Mannagh Air Base in Syria which is currently under terrorist control.

2013 Terrorist Airport Attacks:

1. June 7, 2013:
Rebels Attack Mannagh Air Base in Northern Syria(Idlib, Syria)
2. August 6, 2013:
Al Qaida And Syrian Rebels Seize Mannagh Air Base (Idlib, Syria)
3. August 8, 2013: Nairobi Airport Suffers 2nd Fire after Massive Blaze(Nairobi, Kenya)
4. September 25, 2013:
Kenya Air Force Bombs Somali Airport Held by Militants (Kismayo, Somalia)

[Does not purport to a complete list of events]

4.2: Airport Hijack Drills?

In what appears to be an
Israeli Mossad airport hijack drill, it was reported on September 3, 2013, that two alleged Palestinian truck thieves stormed though checkpoints in an Israel airport, resulting in a security scare and the cancelation of flights. The fact that there “thieves” were not killed or apprehended by the infamously tight Israeli airport security suggests that this was in fact a dry run for a future airport terror-related event. 18 days later on September 21, 2013, it was reported that two men were arrested for “suspicion of endangering an aircraft”, resulting in the emergency landing of the plane in Britain. The fact that the nationality of the men arrested was not disclosed by authorities suggests that they were also Israeli agents conducting a dry run for an eventual terrorists hijacking.

4.3: Commercial Airplane Hijack
Based on recent news and events, the terrorist invasion of the U.S. may use commercial airplanes originating out of Palestine, Zimbabwe or Nigeria, all of which have been recently implicated in Islamic terror attacks. On May 28, 2012, it was reported that Palestinian Airlines had resumes flights after a lengthy hiatus. Roughly five months later on October 23, 2012, it was reported that an airline from Zimbabwe has been now allowed to resume international flights. Three months later on January 3, 2013, it was reported that Nigeria’s Dana Air has been allowed to resume flights after a horrific accident. Nine months later on October 3, 2013, it was reported that Nigeria’s Federal Aviation Agency has grounded all aircraft belonging to Lagos-based Associated Airline after a plane crash, ultimately leaving a fleet of commercial airliners at Nigerian airports just waiting to be hijacked. Once hijacked by terrorists, the commercial aircraft will likely be flown across the Atlantic where it will make a crash landing somewhere in South America or on a U.S. freeway. A freeway landing was recently witnessed in a staged event on September 23, 2013, when an airplane landed on Lake Shore Drive in Chicago, Illinois. Only a few weeks later on October 9, 2013, another highly publicized and unprecedented plane incident occurred when a pilot allegedly fell ill and a passenger was forced to land the plane. The latter event in Britain was likely staged in order to make the future landing a commercial airplane by a terrorist more believable.

4.4: C-130 Transport Plane Hijack
Prior to a high-profile terrorist invasion of the United States using a military cargo plane such as a
Lockheed C-130 Hercules, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “Con Air” (1997) is a film (see trailer) in which “the worst of the worst” criminals hijack a Convair C-131 Samaritan transport plane and eventually crash-land it on  Las Vegas strip where they initiate a wave of terror. On August 6, 2013, CNN report entitled “Terror Alert Spurs Extra Screening of Cargo Flown into U.S.” was published, ultimately consummating the terms “terror” and “cargo” in the same headline. Roughly 6 weeks later on September 18, 2013, it was reported that U.S. Air Force will give the Afghani Air Four 4 C-130 transport aircraft and a month later on October 10, 2013, the U.S. made good on its promise by delivering two C-130 aircraft to Afghanistan which was touted as a “parting gift”. Coincidentally, on July 30, 2013, it was reported that Al-Qaeda backers had been found to have U.S. military contracts In Afghanistan, potentially insinuation terrorist collusion is already in play. Then there is the report that the alleged ‘mentor’ of the 9/11 mastermind is now running for president in Afghanistan, an ominous sign that terror on the scale of 9/11 may be imminent. A few months later on October 6, 2013, it was reported that 4 U.S. soldiers had been killed in Afghanistan by a bomb. Whether or not the uniforms, identification or some other information these soldiers had on their person will be used to enter U.S. airspace is not known, but on the same day of October 6, 2013, it was reported that Germany handed over control of military base in Afghanistan to local security forces, potentially indicating that the formerly German military base is where the C-130s loaded with terrorists will embark on their journey to America. Five days later on October 11, 2013, a reported entitled Foreigners Train Syrian Rebels in Afghanistan to use Chemical Weapons” was published, indicating that both chemical weapons and Syrian Rebels are now in Afghanistan.

V. SEA INVASION:

5.1: Port Terror Trending
In order for terrorists to hijack a cruise ship, freighter or submarine, they likely need to get some inside help from port security in order to refuel once or twice along their way to America. Coincidentally, in the last 3 months, there has been an unprecedented wave of terror-related activity in and around ports in the Middle East, Africa and Europe. On August 7, 2013, it was reported that the government of
Yemen had foiled an Al Qaeda terror plot targeting ports and their oil and gas facilities. Roughly a month late on September 17, 2013, it was reported that British police had arrested 2 terrorists arriving at the port of Dover, England. Four days later on September 21, 2013, the government of Yemen boosted their port security after the foiled Al Qaeda terror plot. Interestingly, 9 days later on September 30, 2013, Al Qaeda gunmen seized the army headquarters in the port city of Mukalla, Yemen. Three days later on October 2, 2013, it was reported that unidentified gunmen shot and killed a Libyan naval officer and his son, potentially insinuating the Al Qaeda is targeting navy personal in order to guide them to American shores.

5.2: Somali Pirate Propaganda Films
Prior to a high-profile cruise ship or freighter hijack by Somali pirates, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “A Hijacking” (2012) is a film (see trailer) in which a Danish ship is hijacked by Somali pirates and the shipping crew is held for ransom; “Fishing Without Nets” (2012) is a film (see trailer) which tells the story of Somali pirates from the viewpoint of the Somalis; and  Captain Phillips” (2013) is a film (see trailer) starring Tom Hanks about Captain Richard Phillips who was taken hostage by Somali Pirates with AK-47’s in 2009. When real-life pirate terror will go primetime is not known, but the pre-terror Hollywood propaganda is in full swing.

5.3: Ship Attacks & Hijackings Trending
In 2013 alone, there have been roughly 10 ship hijackings by pirates (see list below) as well as 2 unprecedented attacks by terrorist on freighters in the Suez Canal. The first incident occurred on September 1, 2013, when it was reported that the Suez Canal Authority stated that terrorists attacked a container ship. Four days later on September 5, 2013, it was reported that terrorists had launched a Launch rocket attack at a commercial ship in the Suez Canal. In a publicity stunt to garner as much attention in respect to piracy, it was reported on October 2, 2013, that the state-sponsored Greenpeace activists will be charged with piracyover a Russian oil rig protest. In a despicable effort to bring unprecedented global attention to ship smuggling just prior to the terrorists invasion of America, it was reported on October 8, 2013, that 275 people have died in the suspicious sinking of a smugglers’ ship off the coast of Sicily. Whether or not the ship was sunk on purpose is not known, but it wouldn’t be the first time that humans were sacrificed in order to present a believe terror narrative to the public.

Pirate Terror Headlines
:

1. December 9, 2008:Pirate Threat Forces Cruise Ship Evacuation (Somali Coast, Africa)
2. May 21, 2010:
GAO Report: Waterside Attacks Threaten Cruise Ships (U.S. government)
3. September 17, 2010:
Somali Pirates Scope Out Cruise Ship (Seychelles, Indian Ocean)
4. May 14, 2013:
Iran Navy Foils Pirate Attacks on Iranian Freighter (Coast of Somalia)
5. October 19, 2012:
10 Somali Pirates Guilty in Container Ship Hijack (Gulf of Aden)
6. October 8, 2012:
Greek Oil Tanker & Crew of 24 Disappears (Ivory Coast, Africa)
7. October 29, 2013:
Ship With 700 Tons Of Gold Ore Disappears (Sea of Okhotsk, Russia)
8. January 21, 2013:
Pirates Hijack Oil Tanker (Ivory Coast, Ghana)
9. February 4, 2013:
Oil Tanker with 17 aboard Hijacked By Pirates (Ivory Coast, Africa)
10. February 8, 2013:
Pirates Kidnap 3 Sailors in Hijack Attempt (Gulf Of Guinea, Africa)
11. March 5, 2013:
3 Arrested After Yacht Is Hijacked And Crashed (Pacifica, California)
12 March 12, 2013:
Somali Pirates Release Hijacked Oil Tanker, 26 Sailors (Arabian Sea)
13. March 25, 2013:
Somali Pirate Pleads Guilty to Supporting Al-Shabaab (New York, New York)
14. May 2, 2013:
Fight Against Somali Pirates a Success – No Hijackings In a Year (Somali Coast)
15. May 13, 2013:
Police Arrest Somali Pirate Accountant as He Seeks Asylum (Giessen, Germany)
16. May 14, 2013:
5 Crew Members Kidnapped from Container Ship are Released (Coast of Nigeria)
17. May 25, 2013:
German Ship’s Crew Captured by Pirates Released (Coast of Equatorial Guinea
18. May 28, 2013:
Pirates Hijack Fuel Tanker, Kidnap Crew off African Coast (Coast of Nigeria)
19. June 3, 2013:
Somalis Accused of Killing 4 Americans in Piracy Case (Norfolk, Virginia)
20. June 7, 2013:
Pirate Attack Thwarted by EU Naval Force, Military Group Says (Coast of Somalia)
21. June 18, 2013: 
West Africa has World’s Worst Piracy Rate: Report (West Africa)
22. June 18, 2013:
French Sailor Kidnapped from Ship Freed in Nigeria (Yenagoa, Nigeria)
23. June 18, 2013:
More Sailors Affected by Piracy off West Africa than Somalia (West Africa)
24. June 24, 2013:
Leaders from West, Central Africa to Address Piracy (Yaoundé, Cameroon)
25. June 24, 2013:
African Leaders Want Navy to Fight Gulf of Guinea Piracy (Yaoundé, Cameroon)
26. July 9, 2013:
Federal Jury Convicts 3 Somalis in Piracy Case which Killed Four (Norfolk, Virginia)
27. July 15, 2013:
Maritime Bureau Reports Surge in Piracy Attacks and Kidnapping (Gulf of Guinea)
28. July 18, 2013:
Oil Tanker Hijacked as Pirates in West Africa Expand Reach (Coast of Gabon)
29. July 22, 2013:
The Worst Fate: Somalia’s Ship Wrecked Hostages (Coast of Somalia)
30. July 22, 2013:
Pirates Release Hijacked Oil Tanker Leaving Crew Unharmed (Coast of Gabon)
31. July 25, 2013:
Somali Pirates Now Protecting Illegal Fishing Ships (Coast of Somalia)
32. July 30, 2013:
UN Seeking Information on Somali Pirates’ Facebook Activity (Coast of Somalia)
33. July 31, 2013:
 Convicted Somali Pirates may be Sentenced to Death (Norfolk, Virginia)
34. September 30, 2013: Greenpeace Activists Charged with Piracy (Coast of Russia)
35. October 7, 2013:
Spain Tries 6 Somalis for Piracy after Attack on Warship (Madrid, Spain)
36. October 14, 2013: Authorities Capture Somali Pirate by Promising Film Role (Brussels, Belgium)

[Does not purport to a complete list of events]

5.4: Conflicting Pirate Headlines
In a rather strange sequence of events, the following headlines were repeatedly published in respect to Somali piracy despite the contrary occurring in reality: On October 22, 2012, the following report entitled “World Sea Piracy Falls To Lowest Level In 4 years As Somali Threat Eases” was published. Approximately three months later on January 16, 2013, essentially the same story was again published with the headline, “World Sea Piracy Falls to Five-Year Low In 2012 As Naval Patrols Deter Somali Pirates”. Roughly two months later, the same basic story was published again for a third time with the headline, “Somali Pirates Release Sailors as Piracy Reports Reach Five-Year Low”. Aside from being repetitive, these reports directly conflict with the ever increasing amount of reported pirate attacks and ship hijackings. Why the public is being purposely being misled is not known, but all indications are that Somali pirate related terror attacks and hijackings are imminent.

5.5: Potential Terror Ships
Before Islamic terrorists can invade United States, they will need an ocean worthy vessel to make the journey across the Atlantic along with their prized cargo of biological and chemical weapons. To date, three suspicious ships have been identified which may be cited by intelligence agencies in future Senate hearings as the terrorists’ vessel. Interestingly, two of them use a form of the name “whale”, invoking the Biblical story of Jonah who was swallowed and then spit out by a “big fish” or whale.

Ship # 1: The “Lyubov Orlova”
On May 28, 2013, it was reported that a 4000-ton cruise liner entitled the “Lyubov Orlova” was lost at sea during a storm after its cable snapped when it was being towed from Newfoundland in Canada to the Dominican Republic to be sold for scrap metal. Unable to reconnect it, the boat towing the cruise ship inexplicably sailed away from the vessel. Although the ship was reportedly picked up by an offshore supply vessel a few days later, the ship was again let go. The ship was then allegedly spotted by satellite, assumed to have sunk, and was allegedly last seen on March 14, 2013. Whether or not “terrorists” have commandeered the Russian “ghost ship” is not known, but the story is so obviously fabricated that it may be cited by intelligence agencies as the means of transportation by which terrorists from the Middle East and Africa make their way to America.

Ship # 2: The “Wael”
On August 20, 2013, it was reported that a tanker entitled the “Wael” was reportedly prevented from “illegally entering” Al-Sedra oil terminal by the Libyan Navy. Whether or not this was the terrorist laden ship to be used in the August 24, 2013, terrorist invasion of America is not known, but the timing and location of the alleged Weal incident off the coast of Libya suggest that the ship was bound for America.

Ship # 3: The “A Wale”
On October 6, 2013, it was reported that Captain Khan Jubair Niaz and his cargo freighter entitled “A Whale” are aimlessly adrift in the Gulf of Suez, just north of the pirate infested waters off the Somalia coast. According to the report, the ship and her crew have been cut off from communications and financial help from the TMT Group, which is going bankrupt and has effectively abandoned the ship. Whether or not “A Whale” will be hijacked by pirates and taken through the Suez Canal and then the Strait of Gibraltar to America is not known, but to say that the ship is a sitting duck would be an understatement.

5.6: Cruise Ship Propaganda
If and when a cruise ship terror occurs, the most likely scenario is one in which a U.S. cruise ship is hijacked in the Atlantic Ocean, Indian Ocean or Mediterranean by pirates who are members of the Somali terrorist group known as Al Shabaab. Once the cruise ship is under pirate control, the captain and her crew will likely be forced at gunpoint to sail to a port in the U.S. or South America. Interestingly, on September 17, 2013, the sunken Costa Concordia was resurrected in a publicity stunt roughly 21 months after she sank in January of 2012. Aside from making the public even more fearful of the sea and traveling, the timely raising of the doomed cruise ship was planned just prior to future acts of ship hijackings by pirates, possibly involving a commercial cruise ship. Just 5 days after the Concordia was raised, it was reported that protesters dove into a Venice canal in order to block cruise ships, potentially foreshadowing that cruise ships will be blocked by terrorist in the near future.

5.7: Submarines

Recent news and events suggests that a major terror-related event involving submarines may be imminent. Aside from the
sudden death of Tom Clancy, the author of the Hunt for Red October, it was reported on September 14, 2013 that the U.S. Navy is cutting its submarine force by 30%. Roughly 2 weeks later on September 29, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. Navy had suspended Vice Admiral Tim Giardina over a gambling probe, the man responsible for all of the U.S. military’s nuclear submarines. Also in September of 2013, it was reported that the submersible James Bond Lotus brought nearly $1 million at auction. Roughly a month later on October 2, 2013, a publicity stunt in Milan, Italy featured a submarine breaking the surface on a busy city street. While these events may seem random, they were all part of a coordinated propaganda campaign designed to bring as much global attention to submarines prior to terror-related involving the use of them. Only 5 days later on October 7, 2013, it was reported that a nuclear submarine engineer had been found dead on railway tracks in the port city of Visakhapatnam, India. The dead bodies were “found under suspicious circumstances” suggesting that foul play involving nuclear submarines may be imminent.   

5.8: Potential Terrorist Subs
Before Islamic terrorists can invade United States, they will need an ocean worthy vessel to make the journey across the Atlantic along with their prized cargo of biological and chemical weapons. To date, two suspicious submarines have been identified which may be cited by intelligence agencies in future Senate hearings as the terrorists’ vessel.


Sub # 1: The “USS Miami”
On September 13, 2013, it was reported that the
US.S. Navy spent $71M to repair a submarine and then abandoned it. Although the sub is allegedly still dry-docked in a Kittery, Maine, shipyard, the story was published to: a) show that the U.S. Navy is careless with submarines and therefore it makes the narrative of a terrorists hijacking or stealing a nuclear sub all the more believable, and b) to disseminated the name of “Miami”, potentially indicating where a terrorist sub will dock.   

Sub # 2: The “INS Sindhurakshak”
On September 19, 2013, it was reported that the Indian Navy’s probe into the INS Sindhurakshak submarine tragedy is nowhere near completion. According to the report, the submarine is still located where it sunk on August 14, 2013, after an onboard explosion and fire. In most cases, a sunken nuclear submarine would be a navy’s first priority, but in this particular case, the Indian government appears to be stalling. Whether or not “terrorists” will access the sub and steal navigation equipment or weapons is not known, but the sub is located in the shallow Bombay (Mumbai) Dockyard, home to the Mumbai terror attacks of 2008.    

5.9: Homemade Subs Trending
Prior to a high-profile terrorist invasion using a homemade or hijacked submarine, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Since September 12, 2013, there have been a rash of propaganda reports highlighting homemade submarines and the ease with which they can be built. After all, if a man with a high-school education can build a fleet of submarines, a terrorist organization with millions of dollars could easily build a workable sub and set sail for America.

Homemade Submarines Headlines:

1. September 12, 2013: How to Launch a 13-Ton Submarine, Part 1
2. September 13, 2013:
Drug Trafficking Drug Cartels Take to The Seas in Tiny Subs
3. September 18, 2013:
Custom-Built Submarine Launched at Milford Lake
4. September 21, 2013:
Kansas Man Launches Custom-Built Submarine
5. September 24, 2013:
Iran Mass Producing Light Submarines
6. September 25, 2013:
Barrow Shipping and Defense Firm Creates Own Range of Mini Submarines
7. October 8, 2013:
First Ever Fiji-built Submarine-Like Vessel Launched
8. October 8, 2013:
High School-Educated Drug Smuggler Built Subs to Ferry Cocaine to U.S.

[Does not purport to a complete list of events]

VI. CROSSING THE MEXICAN BORDER
:

6.1: Mexican Terrorist Propaganda
In the latest episode of the hit television show entitled “
Homeland”, which aired on October 13, 2013, former U.S: Captain Nicholas Brody, the world’s most wanted terrorist, is hiding out in Caracas, Venezuela. The notion of Islamic “jihad” terror stemming from south of the border is also the theme of Tom Clancy book entitled “Against All Enemies” (2011) which depicts a CIA Special Activities Division Operation Officer named Max Moore who takes part in an anti-terror operation involving Mexican drug cartels. According to the synopsis provided by Wikipedia, Moore and his team attempt to infiltrate the Mexican cartels and play them off against each other. Although they are able to bring down a major kingpin, they are unable to prevent several Muslim terrorists from entering the United States via a drug smuggling tunnel on the U.S-Mexico border. The Islamic terrorists brought with them a number of MANPADS (e.g., surface-to-air missile launchers) which are then used to target commercial planes in several American cities. Moore and his CIA associates are only able to stop one of the terrorist teams, resulting in homeland terror attacks. Moore is then deployed to Belize, another South American country, on a secondary mission to capture the leader of the terrorist cell. Interestingly, Tom Clancy suddenly died on October 1, 2013, just days prior to the plot of his book manifesting itself in reality.

6.2: Terrorist Crossing of U.S. Border
In a coordinated effort to bring unprecedented attention to the U.S.-Mexico border just prior to a major terror related event emanating from Mexico, it was reported on October 9, 2013, that the ACLU will probe allegations of constitutional violations by Border Patrol in Arizona. The notion that terrorists (e.g., Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, or the Syrian Rebels) will storm America’s border to conduct terror attacks using chemical weapons has already been established in theory. On June 6, 2013, it was reported that Syrian Rebels were seized at the Turkish-Syrian border with a 2kg cylinder full of nerve gas sarin. Ten days later on June 16, 2013, it was reported that Syrian forces are training to storm Israel’s border, an ominous sign considering Israel is allegedly America’s #1 ally in the Middle East. A few months later on October 2, 2013, the headline “Syria Jihadists ‘Advance toward Turkey Border Post’ was published, further insinuating that the Syrian Rebels will cross a major border in the near future.

6.3: U.S. Border Security Compromised
The notion that the U.S.-Mexico border is open to terrorists is a concept that has been propagandized ever since 9/11. Recent events suggest terrorists have been “testing” the border for upcoming attacks. On June 8, 2012, it was reported that a California-born Muslim man was back home on after he discovered he was on the U.S. government’s “no-fly” list. According to the reports, the man was able to walk back over the U.S./Mexico border on foot. A family member allegedly conformed to a San Diego-area TV station that the man had traveled to Egypt during the uprising, but denied he was “the revolutionary type”. 15 months later on September 5, 2013, a propaganda report entitled, “Iran Recruiting ‘Invisible Army’ Converts to Infiltrate U.S. Through Southern Border”, was published, further confirming that terrorists will infiltrate the U.S. from Mexico.

Border Headlines Trending:

1. April 12, 2013:
DHS Officials Charged with Falsifying Records Related to Border Crimes
2. June 12, 2013:
U.S. and Canadian Drill to “Prevent Cross-Border Terrorist and Criminal Activities”
3. June 21, 2013:
Lockdown USA: Congress Plans 700-Mile ‘Surge’ on Mexico Border
4. August 1, 2013:
Mexican Cartels Hiring US Soldiers as Hit Men
5. August 16, 2013:
US Border Security Data Not Reliable, Government Reports Show
6. October 3, 2013:Border Patrol Rep Claims Agents Being Ordered to Stand Down

6.4: Mexican Drug Cartels
It’s no secret that Mexican drug cartels work for the governments of the U.S. and Mexico. Therefore, if and when terrorists land in South America, they will likely be aided by one of the many cartels and ushered into America. On August 1, 2013, it was reported that Mexican cartels are hiring U.S. soldiers as hit men,ultimately insinuating that cartels are for sale to the highest bidder. In a bid to gain plausible deniability just prior to a cartel-assisted terrorist invasion, it was reported on August 17, 2013, that the government of Mexico had arrested the leader of the Gulf cartel who operates near the U.S. border.

6.5: Mexican Monster Trucks
On October 9, 2013, a monster truck driver in Mexico was charged with manslaughter after his vehicle killed 8 people in attendance. The highly suspicious “accident”, in which the accelerator was apparently sabotaged, was likely staged in order to bring international attention to jacked-up trucks in Mexico just prior to a few of them crossing the U.S. border filled with terrorists.

6.7: Mexican Tour Buses
If and when terrorists make their way up from South America to the United States, they may do it by hijacking a tour bus. This particular scenario was evident on October 8, 2013, it was reported that Somalis were found crammed into fake tour bus bound for Italy. Theoretically speaking, terrorists could load up a few tour busses with along with their chemical weapons and drive unabated though Mexico and into the U.S. in order to conduct their attacks.

6.8: U.S.-Mexico Terror Tunnel
Once the concoction of Islamic “terrorists” land in South American , they will need to make it across the U.S.-Mexico border with their biological and chemical weapons intact. Recent headlines in respect to both tunnels and terror suggest that the terrorist may use one of the many drug tunnels in California or Texas in order to sneak into America.

Border Tunnel Headlines:

1. December 28, 2012:
Authorities Find Smuggling Tunnel Equipped With Electricity Near Border
2. August 5, 2013:
Syria Rebel ‘Moles’ Wage Battle from Underground Tunnels
3. August 6, 2013:
Nasir Wuhayshi, Jail Escapee Via Tunnel Turned Yemen’s Qaeda Head
4. August 24, 2013: Syrian Soldiers Find Chemical Agents in Rebel Tunnels in Syria
5. October 13, 2013:
‘Terror Tunnel’ Discovered Running from Gaza to Israel

VII. AMERICAN SLEEPER CELLS:

7.1: Islamic Terror Sympathizers
Since April 19, 2013, there have been roughly 20 U.S. citizens who have been indicted, arrested or implicated in terror attacks against U.S. interests both home and abroad. If and when America is invaded by African and Middle Eastern terrorists, they will allegedly be aided across the border by individuals “sympathetic” to the Islamic cause of jihad. In what appears to be propaganda for Syrian Rebel terror in America, it was reported on May 2, 2013, that a Judge in Illinois released a man accused of trying to join Al-Qaida in Syria. Roughly 2 months later on June 20, 2013, it was reported that an American who allegedly fought with Al Qaeda in Syria has been indicted for terrorism. Three months later, the U.S. Army veteran plead guilty, further indicating that the Syrian endgame is to merge the Syrian Rebels with American citizens opposed to President Obama.

U.S. Homegrown Terror Timeline:

1. April 19, 2013:
US Man Pleads Guilty to Supporting Terrorism in Somalia
2. April 21, 2013:
Illinois Man Tried To Join Al Qaeda-Linked Group, FBI Says
3. April 26, 2013:
American Jihadi in Somalia Tweets on Assassination Attempt
4. May 2, 2013:
Judge Releases Illinois Man Accused of Trying To Join Al-Qaida in Syria
5. May 14, 2013:
2 Minnesota Men Sentenced To Prison For Joining Somali Terror Group
6. May 14, 2013:
North Carolina Man Pleads Guilty To Buying Gun For Terrorist Jihad
7. May 17, 2013:
Uzbekistan Living in Idaho to Appear in Court on Federal Terrorism Charges
8. June 20, 2013:
American Who Allegedly Fought With Al Qaeda Affiliate In Syria Indicted
9. July 18, 2013:
Florida Teen Faces Charges of Helping Terrorists following Visit to Middle East
10. July 31, 2013:
Police in Colorado Warn of Self-Described Islamist Jihadist
11. August 6, 2013:
Man Planning Jihad in Africa Pleads Guilty to Terrorism Charge in Alabama
12. August 6, 2013:
Somali Militant Group Al-Shabaab Praises ‘Martyrs’ from Minnesota
13. August 7, 2013:
Man Sentenced to 5 1/2 Years for Conspiring To Sell Cocaine To Taliban
14. August 8, 2013:
Florida Teen Accused of Training with Middle East Terrorists to Appear In Court
15. August 12, 2013:
West African Drug Traffickers in Prison for Taliban Drug Conspiracy
16. June 26, 2013:
New York Student Sought to Join Al Qaeda, Federal Officials Say
17. July 5, 2013:
Terrorists Dupe Kansas City Al Qaeda Supporter, 2 Others
18. September 12, 2013:
American Islamic Militant Killed in Somalia: Witnesses
19. September 20, 2013: American who Allegedly Fought with Al Qaeda in Syria has been Indicted
20. September 30, 2013:
NYC Accountant Sentenced to 18 Years in Prison for Supporting Al-Qaida
21. October 7, 2013: Missouri Man to be Sentenced for Al Qaeda Support

[Does not purport to a complete list of events]

VIII. AL QAEADA
:

8.1: Al Qaeda Bio-Terror
The
marriage between Al Qaeda and both biological and chemical weapons was made shortly after 9/11, but has recently been featured in numerous propaganda reports which suggests that an Islamic bio-terror attack is imminent. Now that Al Qaeda and the Syrian Rebels have merged, it’s just a matter of time before they hijack chemical weapons from the Syrian government and unleash them on American citizens.

Al Qaeda & Chemical Weapons Headlines:

1. December 10, 2012: Al Qaeda May Have Chemical Weapons, Spain’s Counter-Terror Chief Warns
2. June 2, 2013:Al Qaeda Plot to Use Toy Planes in Chemical Attack Foiled, Iraqi Officials Say
3. July 11, 2013:
MI6 Warning: ‘Catastrophe’ If Chemical Weapons Fall into Al-Qaeda Hands
4. August 6, 2013:Al Qaeda Threat: Officials Fear ‘Ingenious’ Liquid Explosive
5. August 25, 2013:
Leader of Al-Qaida-Linked Militia in Syria Vows Revenge for Chemical Attacks
6. September 17, 2013:
‘Al-Qaeda and Al-Nusra in Syria May Have Significant Amounts of Sarin’
7. September 19, 2013: Al Qaeda Running Chemical Weapons Program?

8.2: Al-Qaeda Creates Brigade to Hijack Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On May 15, 2012, it was reported that Robert Tilford, a former soldier and a graduate of the U.S. Army Infantry School in Georgia, stated in writing that
Al Qaeda members have created their own brigades in an effort to take over Syria and their dangerous chemical weapons stockpile. “U.S. officials deny al-Qaeda is part of the rebel movement it is helping to arm and equip in some cases…but that is another story,” Tilford said. “The fact is the US has no good plan on what to do if Syria collapses, the military loses control or if Al-Qaeda manages to steal chemical weapons from one or all of the more than 50 suspected sites in that country”.

IX. AL SHABAAB
:

9.1: Al Shabaab & Obama
The
fictitious feud between U.S. President Barack Obama and the CIA funded terror group Al Shabaab is outright laughable. According to reports, Al Shabaab planned to kill Obama at his presidential inauguration and allegedly targeted Obama’s grandmother in Kenya. On June 7th, 2012, the U.S. government offered a reward for information on the whereabouts of leaders in the Somali militant group Al-Shabaab. Two days later on June 9th, 2012, Al Shabaab responded to Obama’s bounty by offering a counter bounty of 10 camels for President Barack Obama and two camels for information on Secretary of State Hillary Clinton. Then on September 25, 2013, the President of Somalia went on the record stating that Al-Shabaab could Attack the United States, another ominous sign that Al Shabaab terror is imminent.

9.2: Al Shabaab Mall Attack
The September 21, 2013, Westgate Shopping Mall Attack in Nairobi, Kenya was the coming out party for the state-sponsored terror group entitled “Al Shabaab” who claimed responsibility for the attack the same day. In an obvious sign that the attack was a false-flag attack, it was reported on September 22, 2013, that Israel was reportedly “helping” Kenya during the shopping mall siege. A week later on September 29, 2013, a report entitled “Was an American Security Team Inside Kenya Massacre Mall?” was published, ultimately covering for the Israeli team or indicating that an American terror squad was also present at the mall. Another major red flag in respect to the attack is the fact that a renowned Ghanaian poet,four British citizens, and the nephew of the President of Kenyan were also allegedly executed in the attacks. The deaths of celebrities and foreigners were part staged in part to milk the attacks for as much publicity as possible.

9.3: The “White Widow”
In the aftermath of the
Westgate Shopping Mall Attack, the notion that “white” terrorists were working with the Al Shabaab terrorists was disseminated globally in order to set the pretext for upcoming Islamic terror attacks in the U.S. that will be committed with the help of white terrorists sympathetic to the Islamic cause. A day after the mall siege had ended, a propaganda report entitled “Was ‘White Widow’ Samantha Lewthwaite Involved in Kenya Mall Attack?” was published. That same day, Interpol issued a warrant for British terror widow who was reportedly the pregnant wife of one of the suicide bombers who allegedly killed 52 people in the July 7, 2005 terror attacks in London, England.

9.4: Gulf Coast-Somali Terror Connection
If and when terrorists land on American shores, they may need some help hiding out and conducting their reign of terror on the American people. On December 23, 2012, it was reported that two Alabama men have been arrested and charged with planning to wage violent jihad in Africa. According to the report, federal prosecutors portrayed Randy Wilson as an Islamic radical who wanted to reunite with Omar Hammami, an American who also grew up in Alabama but has since become one of the most well-known jihadists in Somalia. Wilson and another American who lived in Alabama for the last year, Mohammad Abdul Rahman Abukhdair, are accused of plotting to leave the country to join Islamic radicals fighting in North Africa. According to an FBI statement, the Alabama men “discussed their joy that Omar Hammami is now on the FBI `Most Wanted Terrorists’ list, and were excited that he is now even more famous”. These men are likely part of a Gulf of Mexico terror cell which will be incited as terrorist collaborators in the wake of a terrorist invasion of America.

X. THE SYRIAN REBELS:

10.1: Syrian Rebel Bio-Terror Trending
Just days after the
U.N. chemical weapons inspection team lands in Syria, the largest Syrian chemical attack took place on August 21, 2013 . Regardless of whether the attack actually happened or who is to blame, the attack was staged to set the precedence for a Syrian Rebel bio-terror attack within the United States. Although Western intelligence stated that the Syrian government was behind the attacks, the Syrian Rebels have since been implicated (see below). The U.N. is now investigating a total of 14 alleged attacks in which chemical weapons or chemical agents were used since September of 2011. Naturally, the Syrian Rebels are the prime suspect. According to a September 16, 2013, U.N. report concluded that chemical weapons have been used in Syria on ‘large scale’. In what can only be more psychological programming for future bio-chemical attacks in America, on October 9, 2013, it was reported that three Americans won the 2013 Nobel Prize for chemistry. Only 2 days later, it was reported on October 11, 2013, that the 2013 Nobel Peace Prize went to the Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW), an ominous sign that an earth-changing event involving chemical weapons is imminent.

Syrian Bio-Terror Timeline:

1. August 23, 2013: Initial Western Intelligence Finds Syrian Forces Used Chemical Weapons
2. August 24, 2013:
Syria Accuses Rebels of Using Chemical Weapons against Troops
3. August 30, 2013:
U.S. Had Intel on Chemical Strike Before It Was Launched
4. September 5, 2013:
Russia Compiles100-Page Report Blaming Syrian Rebels for Chemical Attack
5. September 7, 2013: Direct Link between Assad and Gas Attack Elusive for U.S.
6. September 9, 2013:
Evidence Shows Chemical Weapons Involvement by Rebel Jihadists
7. September 11, 2013:
U.S. Military Confirms Rebels Had Sarin
8. September 17, 2013:
‘Al-Qaeda and Al-Nusra in Syria may have Significant Amounts of Sarin’
9. September 18, 2013:
Syria Gives Russia ‘Evidence’ Rebels Behind Chemical Attack
10. September 18, 2013:
Unverified Videos allegedly show Syria Rebels using Chemical Weapons
11. September 19, 2013:
Assad Insists Rebels, not Regime, used Chemical Arms
12. September 18, 2013:Russia to Provide Data for Chemical Weapons’ use by Syrian Rebels
13. September 24, 2013: Chemical Weapons Held by All Sides in Syria Should be Destroyed
14. September 26, 2013:Homemade Sarin was used in Attack Near Damascus
15. October 11, 2013: Foreigners Train Syrian Rebels in Afghanistan to use Chemical Weapons

[Does not purport to a complete list of events]

10.2: Obama’s ‘Red Line’
On August 21, 2012,
U.S. President Obama declared chemical or biological warfare in Syria a “red line”. Exactly 1 year later on August 21, 2013, the Ghouta Chemical Attack was executed in Syria, a coincidence to be sure. Roughly ten months later on June 13, 2013, Obama’s “red line” in respect to Syria’s was officially “crossed”, further indicating that the Syrian Rebels and their bio-chemical weapons will eventually be unleashed in  America. The so called “red line” ultimatum was ultimately given by the Obama administration to gain plausible deniability in the aftermath of bio-terror attacks emanation out of Syria. 

10.3: CIA- Al Qaeda-Syrian “Rebels”
The U.S. and NATO are not shy about admitting that they both fund and arm Al Qaeda because they want the American public to see them as criminal in order to bait Americans into a civil-war which entails the use of drone strikes on American citizens. On March 29, 2011, a top ranking NATO Commander admitted that
elements of “Al Qaeda” are amongst the Libyan rebel fighters currently receiving financial and military support from U.S.  According to the report, Admiral James Stavridis, NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander of Europe and commander of U.S. European Command, stated during a hearing in the U.S. Senate that, “We are examining very closely the content, composition, the personalities, who are the leaders of these opposition forces…We have seen flickers in the intelligence of potential al Qaeda, Hezbollah, we’ve seen different things.” Stavridis said, while adding that the rebel’s leadership appeared to be comprised also of “responsible men and women”. Eleven months later on February 26, 2012, then U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton stated that, “We have a very dangerous set of actors in the region, Al-Qaeda, Hamas, and those who are on our terrorist list, to be sure, supporting – claiming to support the opposition [in Syria].” A few weeks later on March 13, 2013, it was reported that James Clapper, the Director of National Intelligence, filed his annual report to Congress on the threats facing the United States in which he stated that the bigger concern is the rising influence and strength of the al-Nusra Front, an “al Qaeda in Iraq” offshoot who is among the Syrian Rebels.

CIA-Al Qaeda-Syrian Rebels:

1. March 25, 2011:Libyan Rebel Commander Admits His Fighters Have Al-Qaeda Links (Telegraph)
2. March 29, 2011:
Intelligence on Libya Rebels Shows “Flickers” Of Qaeda (Reuters)
3. March 29, 2011:
Rice: Obama Has Not Ruled Out Military Support For Libyan Rebels (CNS News)
4. August 22, 2011:
Britain’s MI6 Played Secret Role in Fall of Tripoli (Telegraph)
5. August 22, 2011:
CIA-Backed Groups And Al-Qaeda-Linked LIFG On Top  In Libya (Asian Tribune)
6. August 23, 2011:
SAS Troopers Help Co-Ordinate Rebel Attacks in Libya (Guardian)
7. August 24, 2011:
West Fears Al-Qaeda Could Seize Gaddafi Weapons – Paper (Rianovosti)
8. August 28, 2011:
Libya Ex-Islamic Terrorist Leader Heads Tripoli Military Council (Digital Journal)
9. November 2, 2011:
Al Qaeda Flag Flying over Birthplace of Libya’s Revolution (Telegraph)
10. November 25, 2011:
Libya’s New Rulers Offer Weapons to Syrian Rebels (Telegraph)
11. November 27, 2011:
Leading Libyan Islamist Met Free Syrian Army Opposition Group (Telegraph)
12. November 28, 2011:
Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted From Libya To Aid Syrian Opposition (Infowars)
13. March 1, 2012:
Hillary Clinton Admits US And Al-Qaeda On Same Side in Syria (Infowars)
14. May 14, 2012:
Al-Qaeda Rebel Pictured With UN Observers In Syria (Infowars)
15. June 21, 2012:
C.I.A. Said To Aid In Steering Arms To Syrian Opposition (New York Times)
16. July 30, 2012:
Al-Qaida Turns Tide for Rebels in Battle for Eastern Syria (Guardian)
17. August 1, 2012:
Exclusive: Obama Authorizes Secret U.S. Support For Syrian Rebels (Reuters)
18. August 2, 2012:
Report: Obama OKs Support For Syrian Rebels (USA Today)
19. September 19, 2012:
Video Shows Obama-Backed Syrian Rebels Burning U.S. Flag (Infowars)
20. October 6, 2012:
Syrian Rebel: ‘We Won’t Stop Until Al-Qaeda Flag Over White House’ (Infowars)
21. December 5, 2012:
Rebels: “When We Finish With Assad, We Will Fight the U.S.” (Infowars)
22. December 2, 2012:
Al Qaida-Linked Syrian Rebels Key to Anti-Assad Victories (McClatchy)
23. December 8, 2012:
Syrian Rebels Tied To Al Qaeda Play Key Role In War (New York Times)
24. December 10, 2012:
Syrian Rebels Defy U.S. And Pledge Allegiance To Jihadi Group
25. January 30, 2013:
U.S. “Backed Plan to Launch Chemical Weapons Attack on Syria (Yahoo)
26. April 3, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Appear To Have British-Made AS-50 Sniper Rifle (Fox News)
27. April 9, 2013:
Al Qaeda’s Iraq Branch and Syria Militant Group Announce Merger (Fox News)
28. March 31, 2013:
Syria Accuses Rebels of Setting Fire to Oil Wells (Fox News)
25. May 9, 2013:
U.S. Sending $100 Million in Aid Package to Syria (RT)
26. May 18, 2013:
Al-Qaeda’s Syrian Wing Takes over Assad Oilfields (Telegraph)
27. June 3, 2013:
New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks (ABC News)
26. June 15, 2013:
CIA Will Lead U.S. Effort to Arm, Train Syrian Rebel Forces (Fox News)
27. July 11, 2013:
Money, Guns Flowing from Kuwait to Syria’s Radical Rebel Factions (Fox News)
28. August 28, 2013:Al Qaeda behind Benghazi Attack-Trains Jihadists for Syrian Rebel Groups
29. September 3, 2013:
First Syria Rebels Armed And Trained By The CIA (Telegraph)
30. September 11, 2013:
U.S. Weapons Reaching Syrian Rebels (Washington Post)
31. September 12, 2013:
Report: U.S.-Funded Weapons Reaching Syrian Rebels (USA Today)
32. September 12, 2013: Jihadis Gain Ground in Syrian Rebel Movement (NBC)
33. September 15, 2013:
Nearly Half of Syrian Rebels are Jihadists or Hardline Islamists (Telegraph)
34. September 17, 2013:Obama Waives Ban on Arming Syrian Terrorists (Washington Examiner)
35. September 17, 2013:
Ex-Guantanamo Detainee Dies Fighting Assad in Syria (McClatchy)
36. September 18, 2013: Sarin Attack in Syria Lures Jihadists to Fight Assad Regime(Fox News)
37. September 19, 2013:
Al Qaeda-Linked Gunmen Capture Syrian Town Near Turkey (Fox News)
38. September 19, 2013:
Pentagon Proposes Plan to Equip and Train ‘Moderate’ Syrian Rebels (RT)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines]

10.4: Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted To Syria
On November 28, 2011, it was reported that the same
Al-Qaeda terrorists who fought U.S. troops in Iraq and helped NATO overthrow Colonel Gaddafi in Libya were airlifted into Syria to aid rebels there in an attempt to topple President Bashar al-Assad. “There is something being planned to send weapons and even Libyan fighters to Syria,” a Libyan source told the London Telegraph, speaking on condition of anonymity. The Telegraph also reported that Al Qaeda terrorist commander Abdulhakim Belhadj, now head of the Tripoli Military Council, “met with Free Syrian Army leaders in Istanbul and on the border with Turkey,” after being sent there by Mustafa Abdul Jalil, the interim Libyan president.

10.5: Rebel Infighting & Betrayal
In the aftermath of the August 21, 2013 Ghouta Chemical Attack in Syria and the foiled U.S. terrorist invasion and terror attacks of August 24, 2013, both of which were to be scapegoated onto the Syrian Rebels and Al Qaeda, Western intelligence agencies have changed their tune in respect to their Syrian Rebels and have initiated a propaganda campaign in order to distance themselves from the Rebels by implying that they have succumbed to Jihad and Islamic extremism. This was first evident on September 18, 2013, when the Wall Street Journal reported that “Rebel-on-Rebel violence” had seized Syria. 10 days later on September 28, 2013, Fox News reported that the Syrian Rebels were facing a growing threat from foreign jihadists, again trying to imply that there is in fact a difference between the two factions. Another Fox News report from October 3, 2013, stated that the Syrian Rebels and Al Qaeda were “infighting”, also meant to suggest that the U.S. backed Syrian Rebels and Al Qaeda are not one in the same entity. It is imperative that intelligence agencies make the distinction between the two groups prior to the Rebels attacking the U.S. in order to give the Obama administration plausible deniability in the wake of a terrorists invasion emanating from Syria. Two recent headlines dated October 11, 2013, entitled “Syrian Rebels Committed War Crimes, Killed Civilians In Planned Attack” and “Syrian Rebels Killed or Kidnapped Hundreds of Civilians, Report Says” indicate that the U.S. government has officially turned their back on the Syrian Rebels—an ominous sign that a Syrian Rebel attack on the U.S. is imminent.

XI. GOVERNMENT ATTACKS & THREATS:

11.1: Governmental Security Breaches Trending
Prior to a high profile terrorist attack on government-related facilities, the public must first be psychologically programed to accept that this is in fact possible. Since September 7, 2013, there have been at least 7 major breaches of security which indicate that governmental buildings are vulnerable to attack.

Security Breach Headlines:

1. September 7, 2013: Burglar Arrested Inside Buckingham Palace (London, England)
4. September 13, 2013:
Afghan Militants Attack US Consulate In Afghanistan (Herat, Afghanistan)
3. September 19, 2013:
Bahrain Jails 5 Shiites For Attack On Government Office  (Diraz, Bahrain)
4. September 19, 2013:
Tony Blair’s Daughter Threatened in Gun Robbery (London, England)
5. September 22, 2013:
Mortar Shell Hits Russian Embassy Compound (Damascus, Syria)
6. September 22, 2013:
President of Kenya’s Nephew Killed in Mall Attack (Damascus, Syria)
7. October 14, 2013:
Police Stop Man with Knife at Buckingham Palace (London, England)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines]

11.2: Embassy Attacks
A consulate or an embassy is considered a sovereign part of a country’s government and therefore an attack on it is considered an attack on the country itself. Starting with the
U.S. embassy attack in Libya, which has recently been alleged to have been a Mossad operation, the U.S. and her allies have suffered multiple attacks on its consulate and embassies which suggests that an attack on America herself is next. A recent Joint Intelligence Bulletin issued by the FBI and DHS has warned that the violent outrage aimed at U.S. embassies, which was spawned by a movie mocking the Prophet Mohammed, could spread to America and other nations by extremist groups eager to “exploit anger” and that “the risk of violence could increase both at home and abroad as the film continues to gain attention.”

Embassy Attack Timeline:

1. September 11, 2012: U.S. Embassy in Benghazi, Libya Attacked (Benghazi, Libya)
2. June 11, 2013:
Suicide Bomber Attacks near US embassy in Afghanistan (Kabul, Afghanistan)
3. August 3, 2013:
9 Dead in Suicide Attack on Indian Consulate (Jalalabad, Afghanistan)
4. September 13, 2013:
Afghan Militants Attack US Consulate in Afghanistan (Herat, Afghanistan)
5. September 22, 2013:
Mortar Lands inside Russian Embassy Compound (Damascus, Syria)
6. September 30, 2013:Mortar shell falls near Chinese embassy in Syrian capital (Damascus, Syria)
7. October 2, 2013:
Gunmen Try to Storm Russian Embassy in Libya (Tripoli, Libya)
8. October 2, 2013:
Gunmen Shoot and Killed Libyan Naval Officer and His Son (Benghazi, Libya))
9. October 6, 2013:
Gunmen Kill German Embassy Guard outside Supermarket (Sanna, Yemen)
10. October 10, 2013:
Libyan PM Kidnapped by Rebels Revenge for US Raid (Tripoli, Libya)
11. October 11, 2013:
Car bomb blasts Swedish, Finnish Consulates in Benghazi (Benghazi, Libya)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

Embassy Threats & Closures:

1. August 2, 2013: List of Embassies Closed over Security Concerns (20 Embassies)
2. August 2, 2013:
Britain to close Yemen embassy at weekend over security (Sanaa, Yemen)
3. August 3, 2013:
Canada to shut Dhaka mission on Sunday (Dhaka, Bangladesh)
4. August 3, 2013:
France to shut embassy in Yemen over security fears (Sanaa, Yemen)
5. August 4, 2013:Security tighter near 21 US missions over al-Qaida attack fears (21 Missions)
6. August 5, 2013:
Norway closes 15 embassies in the Middle East, Africa (15 Embassies)
7. August 5, 2013:
Britain extends closure of Yemen embassy  (Sanaa, Yemen)
8. August 6, 2013:
UK evacuates Yemen embassy staff amid threat (Yemen)
9. August 6, 2013:
US Consulate in Milan evacuated after bomb threat (Milan, Italy)
10. August 8, 2013:
U.S. issues warning over Pakistan consulate threat (Pakistan)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

11.3: U.S. Military Base Attacks

Prior to a high-profile terrorist attack on a military base, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. In 2013 alone, there have been at least 13 attacks or attempted attacks by terrorist against on military bases, most of which occurred in Africa and the Middle East. Curiously, on September 18, 2013, it was that a
“major security review” has been ordered for US defense facilities worldwide. Whether or not this “review” will not make U.S. military bases more susceptible to future attacks is not known, but on October 1, 2013, it was reported that two Marine Corps generals were forced to retire over a military base attack on Camp Bastion, Afghanistan. Coincidentally, the date of the attack was September 14, 2013, a year prior to the scheduled Terrorgate Attack in Texas and Las Vegas. In an ominous sign that U.S. military bases may come under terrorist fire, on October 6, 2013, it was reported that wild fires forced the evacuation of the Marine Corps’ military base at Camp Pendleton in California.

Military Base & Convoy Attacks:

1. September 14, 2012:2 Marines Killed in U.S. Military Base Attack (Camp Bastion, Afghanistan)
2. October 24, 2012:
Woman Charged U.S. Military Base Attack (Bethesda, Maryland)
3. December 2, 2012:
Suicide Bombings at U.S.-Afghan Military Base Kills 5 (Jalalabad, Afghanistan)
4. December 15, 2012:
Soldier Killed In Shootout With Police At U.S. Military Base (Fort Hood, Texas)
5. January 19, 2013:Man Drives through Gate at U.S. Military Base (Anchorage, Alaska)
6. February 26, 2013:
2 Navy Divers Die At U.S: Military Base (Aberdeen; Maryland)
7. March 3, 2013:
20 Killed In Terror Attack on Nigerian Military Base (Mongo, Nigeria)
8. March 19, 2013:
7 Killed In Explosion At U.S. Military Base (Hawthorne, Nevada)
9. March 22, 2013:
3 Dead In Shooting at U.S. Military Base (Quantico, Virginia)
10. March 25, 2013:
Man Found Guilty Terror Plot to Attack U.S. Military Base (Seattle, Washington)
11. August 6, 2013:
Al Qaida Groups Lead Syrian Rebels’ Seizure of Air Base (Idlib, Syria)
12. September 2, 2013:
Taliban attack on U.S. base near Pakistan border (Nangarhar, Pakistan)
13. September 20, 2013:
Al-Qaida attack army barracks killing at least 38 troops (Shabwa, Yemen)
14. September 28, 2013:
Suicide bombers blow up vehicle at Mali military camp (Timbuktu, Mali)
15. September 30, 2013: Al Qaeda Gunmen Seize the Yemen Army Headquarters (Mukalla, Yemen)
16. October 4, 2013:
Attack on Army Convoy East of Cairo Kills 2 Soldiers (Cairo, Egypt)
17. October 5, 2013:
Gunmen Attack Libyan Amy Post, Killing 15 Soldiers (Libya)  (Mukalla, Yemen)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

Truther RSS

Syrian BIOCHEM Hijack

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
October 14, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that the United Nations chemical weapons disarmament team which has already begun destroying Syria’s chemical weapons, will be tracked down by Al Qaeda led factions of the Syrian Rebels who will attack and ultimately hijack a number of chemical weapons from the Assad regimen to use within the United States. An October 9, 2013, report stated that the U.N. team, which has already visited 3 bio-chemical sites, is “in a race” to destroy Syria’s chemical weapons. In order to be “in a race”, it would imply that the U.N. has an opponent (i.e., the Syrian Rebels) who is in direct competition with them for Syria’s chemical and biological weapons.

Download & Forward PDF

U.N. Chemical Weapons Team Targeted
The notion that the U.N. chemical weapons inspectors would be targeted was first disseminated on September 23, 2013, when President Assad stated that “terrorists” may attack chemical weapons inspectors as they visit the 20 bio-chemical weapons sites throughout Syria. Only 10 days after Assad’s prophetic statement, it was reported on October 2, 2013, that “clashes” had erupt just as chemical weapons inspectors began their mission, an ominous sign that the inspectors may get caught in the civil war crossfire. Six days later on October 8, 2013, it was reported that Syrian war planes bomb rebels as chemical weapons inspectors tour sites, again associating violence in and around the U.N. chemical weapons team. Then on October 13, 2013, Syrian TV reported that the U.N. chemical inspectors’ hotel in Damascus was targeted in bomb attacks, the latest sign that the U.N. mission to destroy Syria’s chemical weapons is doomed.

U.N. Chemical Weapons Team Kidnapping
A preview of the worst case bio-terror scenario came on October 13, 2013, when it was reported that gunmen, most likely Syrian Rebels, kidnapped 7 Red Cross workers in Syria. The future kidnaping of members of the U.N. chemical weapons team (i.e., which consists of doctors and biologists with the highest chemical and biological weapons knowhow) by Syrian “terrorists” is apparently in the state-sponsored terror cards and may be used to trigger the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2013. After all, if the “terrorists” have access to the brightest minds in the field of chemical and biological weapons, they would be theoretically capable of unleashing a plague of Biblical proportions.

2nd U.N. Inspector Team
Predictably, on October 8, 2013, it was reported that a “second” U.N. team is going to Syria to “expand its high-stakes, high-risk mission to rid Syria of its poison gas stockpile”. Whether or not this particular team will mark, hijack or conveniently leave behind chemical weapons for Al Qaeda and the Syrian Rebels is not known, but it’s not unusual for intelligence agencies to compartmentalizing its minions by having “good team” and a “bad team” which are completely unaware of what the other team is doing.

The 200 Marines

As witnessed just prior to the recent riots in Cairo, 400 U.S. Marines were sent to Egypt to evidently conduct assassination and acts of terror. Coincidentally, on October 8, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. military is sending 200 Marines to Italy
, allegedly in response to the situation in Libya. Whether or not these Marines will dress up like Arabs hijack Syria’s biological or chemical weapons is not known, but it wouldn’t be the first time that Arab disguises were used by the West to conduct acts of terror.

Chemical Weapons in Iraq?
Just in case the Syrian chemical weapons hijack plot is ultimately foiled, intelligence agencies gave themselves a secondary option on September 15, 2013, when it was reported that Syria transported chemical weapons to Iraq where Al Qaeda allegedly operated freely. That way, if the situation in Syria stabilizes, a chemical weapons plot out of Iraq can be formulated.

CIA Funding Al Qaeda-Syrian Rebels
If and when a bio-chemical hijack occurs by Al Qaeda or the Syrian Rebels, it will be executed by intelligence agencies associated with the CIA and the U.S. government who are openly funding and arming “terrorists” in Syria. On March 29, 2011, a top ranking NATO Commander admitted that elements of “Al Qaeda” are amongst the Libyan rebel fighters currently receiving financial and military support from U.S.  According to the report, Admiral James Stavridis, NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander of Europe and commander of U.S. European Command, stated during a hearing in the U.S. Senate that, “We are examining very closely the content, composition, the personalities, who are the leaders of these opposition forces…We have seen flickers in the intelligence of potential al Qaeda, Hezbollah, we’ve seen different things.” Stavridis said, while adding that the rebel’s leadership appeared to be comprised also of “responsible men and women”. Eleven months later on February 26, 2012, then U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton stated that, “We have a very dangerous set of actors in the region, Al-Qaeda, Hamas, and those who are on our terrorist list, to be sure, supporting – claiming to support the opposition [in Syria].” A few weeks later on March 13, 2013, it was reported that James Clapper, the Director of National Intelligence, filed his annual report to Congress on the threats facing the United States in which he stated that the bigger concern is the rising influence and strength of the al-Nusra Front, an “al Qaeda in Iraq” offshoot who is among the Syrian rebels.

CIA Funding & Arming of Rebels:

1. March 25, 2011:Libyan Rebel Commander Admits His Fighters Have Al-Qaeda Links (Telegraph)
2. March 29, 2011:
Intelligence On Libya Rebels Shows “Flickers” Of Qaeda (Reuters)
3. March 29, 2011:
Rice: Obama Has Not Ruled Out Military Support For Libyan Rebels (CNS News)
4. August 22, 2011:
Britain’s MI6 Played Secret Role In Fall Of Tripoli (Telegraph)
5. August 22, 2011:
CIA-Backed Groups And Al-Qaeda-Linked LIFG On Top  In Libya (Asian Tribune)
6. August 23, 2011:
SAS Troopers Help Co-Ordinate Rebel Attacks In Libya (Guardian)
7. August 24, 2011:
West Fears Al-Qaeda Could Seize Gaddafi Weapons – Paper (Rianovosti)
8. August 28, 2011:
Libya Ex-Islamic Terrorist Leader Heads Tripoli Military Council (Digital Journal)
9. November 2, 2011:
Al Qaeda Flag Flying Over Birthplace Of Libya’s Revolution (Telegraph)
10. November 25, 2011:
Libya’s New Rulers Offer Weapons To Syrian Rebels (Telegraph)
11. November 27, 2011:
Leading Libyan Islamist Met Free Syrian Army Opposition Group (Telegraph)
12. November 28, 2011:
Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted From Libya To Aid Syrian Opposition (Infowars)
13. March 1, 2012:
Hillary Clinton Admits US And Al-Qaeda On Same Side in Syria (Infowars)
14. May 14, 2012:
Al-Qaeda Rebel Pictured With UN Observers In Syria (Infowars)
15. June 21, 2012:
C.I.A. Said To Aid In Steering Arms To Syrian Opposition (New York Times)
16. July 30, 2012:
Al-Qaida Turns Tide For Rebels In Battle For Eastern Syria (Guardian)
17. August 1, 2012:
Exclusive: Obama Authorizes Secret U.S. Support For Syrian Rebels (Reuters)
18. August 2, 2012:
Report: Obama OKs Support For Syrian Rebels (USA Today)
19. September 19, 2012:
Video Shows Obama-Backed Syrian Rebels Burning U.S. Flag (Infowars)
20. October 6, 2012:
Syrian Rebel: ‘We Won’t Stop Until Al-Qaeda Flag Over White House’ (Infowars)
21. December 5, 2012:
Rebels: “When We Finish With Assad, We Will Fight the U.S.” (Infowars)
22. December 2, 2012:
Al Qaida-Linked Syrian Rebels Key To Anti-Assad Victories (McClatchy)
23. December 8, 2012:
Syrian Rebels Tied To Al Qaeda Play Key Role In War (New York Times)
24. December 10, 2012:
Syrian Rebels Defy U.S. And Pledge Allegiance To Jihadi Group
25. January 30, 2013:
U.S. “Backed Plan To Launch Chemical Weapons Attack On Syria (Yahoo)
26. April 3, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Appear To Have British-Made AS-50 Sniper Rifle (Fox News)
27. April 9, 2013:
Al Qaeda’s Iraq Branch And Syria Militant Group Announce Merger (Fox News)
28. March 31, 2013:
Syria Accuses Rebels Of Setting Fire To Oil Wells (Fox News)
25. May 9, 2013:
U.S. Sending $100 Million ln Aid Package To Syria (RT)
26. May 18, 2013:
Al-Qaeda’s Syrian Wing Takes Over Assad Oilfields (Telegraph)
27. June 3, 2013:
New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks (ABC News)
26. June 15, 2013:
CIA Will Lead U.S. Effort To Arm, Train Syrian Rebel Forces (Fox News)
27. July 11, 2013:
Money, Guns Flowing From Kuwait To Syria’s Radical Rebel Factions (Fox News)
28. August 28, 2013: Al Qaeda behind Benghazi Attack-Trains Jihadists for Syrian Rebel Groups
29. September 3, 2013: First Syria Rebels Armed And Trained By The CIA
(Telegraph)
30. September 11, 2013: U.S. Weapons Reaching Syrian Rebels
(Washington Post)
31. September 12, 2013:
Report: U.S.-Funded Weapons Reaching Syrian Rebels (USA Today)
32. September 12, 2013: Jihadis Gain Ground in Syrian Rebel Movement (NBC)
33. September 15, 2013: Nearly Half of Syrian Rebels are Jihadists or Hardline Islamists
(Telegraph)
34. September 17, 2013: Obama Waives Ban on Arming Syrian Terrorists (Washington Examiner)
35. September 17, 2013: Ex-Guantanamo Detainee Dies Fighting Assad in Syria
(McClatchy)
36. September 18, 2013: Sarin Attack in Syria Lures Jihadists to Fight Assad Regime(Fox News)
37. September 19, 2013: Pentagon Proposes Plan to Equip and Train ‘Moderate’ Syrian Rebels
(RT)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

Truther RSS

EMP NY

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE 2: Within 24 hours of being unable to execute the Syrian Electronic Army cyber-terror attack depicted herein, Obama officially hinted that he may abanodon a strike on Syria altogether.

UPDATE 1: Less than 24 hours after the following Truther.org report was published, the LADEE spacecraft quickly “ran into equipment trouble” after its launch into space. According to the report, the “problem needs to be resolved in the next two to three weeks”, potentially indicating that the mission is doomed and that the spacecraft will eventually self-destruct. 

David Chase Taylor
September 6, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — Unable to conduct their Al Qaeda/Syrian Rebel chemical terror attack on America soil on August 24, 2013, the Obama administration and it’s rabid Zionist puppeteers have once again had to rewrite the Syrian terror narrative. While Obama waits to receive U.S. Congressional approval for his premeditated attack on Syria, it’s quite clear that the administration lacks both international and domestic support for a new war.

Download & Forward PDF

Therefore, the real terrorists must somehow radically alter public opinion and the best way to do that is by conducting a major false-flag terror operation. A new terror attack would galvanize support for Obama globally while simultaneously giving him the green light to attack American gun owners at home with unmanned drones. Naturally, this type of aggression by Obama would spark a civil war—exactly what it’s intended to do.

The Nuclear “Minotaur V”
Based on breaking news and events, it appears that there is a real possibility of a major state-sponsored cyber-terror attack targeting the Minotaur V rocket launch and the U.S. power grid. According to NASA, on September 6, 11:27 p.m. (EDT), the Minotaur V rocket will launch from the Mid-Atlantic Regional Spaceport Pad 0B at the Wallops Flight Facility in Virginia. Minotaur V will allegedly be carrying the Lunar Atmosphere and Dust Environment Explorer (LADEE) satellite into orbit. The Minotaur V was derived from the Minotaur IV, itself a derivative of the nuclear LGM-118 Peacekeeper ICBM. Minotaur V’s launch will be the first lunar mission to be launched from Virginia and is anticipated to be visible along much of the eastern seaboard from New York to Virginia. Why this particular rocket is being launched from Virginia as opposed to Florida is highly suspicious, especially considering the launch is scheduled for a Friday night in a calculated move to gain the most “live” viewers. Should the rocket be attacked, it is possible that its explosion could have an EMP-like effect as a burst of electromagnetic nuclear radiation causes a blackout of the U.S. electrical grid over New York City and a majority of the East Coast.

Resurrecting Obama
As luck would have it; the eyes of the sporting world will be focused on New York City as it hosts the 2013 U.S. Open until September 9, 2013. Coincidentally, Obama will be in attendance at the G-20 Summit in Saint Petersburg, Russia until at least September 6, 2013, so it would be the perfect opportunity for him to grandstand and act “presidential” in the wake of an unprecedented terror attack. Although numerous cyber-patsies have been primed for such an event, the attack will likely be blamed on Syrian Electronic Army who were conveniently added to the FBI’s wanted list on September 6, 2013. If the Minotaur V rocket launch is suddenly canceled or postponed, it will most likely indicate that the payload had been changed and the terror plot was canceled.

Bent Spear 2013
A Bent Spear refers to incidents involving nuclear weapons, warheads, components or vehicles transporting nuclear material which violate or breach handling or security regulations. For only the second time in history, a “bent spear” was reported on September 3, 2013, when Inforwars/STRATFOR released a propaganda article entitled “Exclusive: High Level Source Confirms Secret US Nuclear Warhead Transfer” which stated that a U.S. nuke was on the loose and was headed to South Carolina. Two days later on September 5, 2013, Infowars/STRATFOR released another report entitled “Sen Graham Warns of Nuke Strike After Missing Warheads Report” in which Lindsay Graham reiterated the fear mongering propaganda report in further collusion between the Obama administration and Alex Jones. In the wake of an EMP-like nuclear blast over the East Coast, it is highly likely that Jones will state that this missing nuke was used in the attack.

Cyber-Terror Drill: “GridEx II”
In apparent preparation for a massive cyber-terror attack targeting the U.S. power grid, on August 16, 2013, a New York Times report entitled “As Worries Over The Power Grid Rise, A Drill Will Simulate A Knockout Blow” was published which stated that “the electric grid, as government and private experts describe it, is the glass jaw of American industry. If an adversary lands a knockout blow, they fear, it could black out vast areas of the continent for weeks; interrupt supplies of water, gasoline, diesel fuel and fresh food; shut down communications; and create disruptions of a scale that was only hinted at by Hurricane Sandy and the attacks of Sept. 11”. According to the report, “…Thousands of utility workers, business executives, National Guard officers, F.B.I. antiterrorism experts and officials from government agencies in the United States, Canada and Mexico are preparing for an emergency drill in November that will simulate physical attacks and cyberattacks that could take down large sections of the power grid. They will practice for a crisis unlike anything the real grid has ever seen, and more than 150 companies and organizations have signed up to participate.”

DHS Warns of Major Cyber-Terror Attack
As is generally par for the false-flag terror course; governmental agency heads tend to foreshadow major terror events in a calculated bid to gain plausible deniability. On August 27, 2013, former U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Chief Janet Napolitano explicitly warned that the DHS must prepare for an inevitable large-scale cyberattack against the United States and that her new successor should move fast to strengthen the nation’s cyber-defenses. At Napolitano’s farewell speech at the National Press Club, she stated: “Our country will, at some point, face a major cyber-event that will have a serious effect on our lives, our economy and the everyday functioning of our society. While we have built systems, protections and a framework to identify attacks and intrusions, share information with the private sector and across government, and develop plans and capabilities to mitigate the damage, more must be done, and quickly”. Recent headlines in respect to cyber-related terror attacks and hackers indicate that cyber-terrorism is blinking red on every level.

Cyber-Terror Attack Headlines:

1. August 22, 2013: Nasdaq: ‘Connectivity Issue’ Led To Three-Hour Shutdown
2. August 23, 2013: Anonymous Trolls FBI, Releases Contact Data For All Fed Employees
3. August 24, 2013: Mysterious Computer Glitch Hits Gitmo 9/11 Tribunal
4. August 27, 2013: Napolitano warns large-scale cyberattack on US is inevitable
5. August 27, 2013: ‘Largest Hack’ In Chinese History Has Beijing Stumped
6. August 27, 2013: Syrian Electronic Army Takes Down New York Times Website And Twitter
7. August 28, 2013: ‘N.Y. Times’ Blames Hackers In Latest Website Crash
8. September 2, 2013: Pro-Syrian Group Hacks U.S. Marines Website
9. September 5, 2013: Romanian Hackers Get Hefty Sentences In New Hampshire

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Cyberattack Propaganda Report
In blatantly naked programming for an impending cyber-terror  attack, on September 6, 2013, a USA Today propaganda report entitled “How Prepared Are You For A Cyberattack?” was published. According to the report, most major U.S. companies have been under siege by hackers over the last 18 months. Only two days after Janet Napolitano’s speech warning of an impending cyberattack, a hacker group called the Syrian Electronic Army hacked the New York Times’ website and their Twitter, for the second time in 2013. The report depicts a grim post-cyberattack world: “Imagine waking up one morning with no power. Cellphones can’t connect, banks are closed, the Internet is down and credit cards don’t work. In localized emergencies, workers from other areas help to restore services quickly. A cyberattack could affect wide regions of the country, overwhelming the available manpower. It could take days, weeks or months for basic services to be fully restored. Not a pretty picture”.

Cyber Doomsday
Since June of 2012, numerous propaganda articles have stated that a cyber-terror doomsday is imminent and that when it happens, all hell will break loose in America. Headlines such as “‘End Of The World As We Know It’: Kaspersky Warns Of Cyber-Terror Apocalypse”, “Former FBI Cyber Cop Worries About A Digital 9/11”, “Retiring Rep. Norm Dicks Warns Of ‘Cyber 9/11′”, “Panetta: Cyber Threat Is Pre 9/11 Moment”, “Defense Secretary Warns Of ‘Cyber-Pearl Harbor’”, “Threat Of ‘Spectacular’ Cyberattack Looms” and “U.S. Homeland Chief: Cyber 9/11 Could Happen “Imminently“, all indicate that an unprecedented act of state-sponsored cyber-terror upon the United States is imminent. Exactly how a cyber-Doomsday will manifest itself is unknown, but “Live TV” cyber-terror attack appears to be the working plan at this given time.

A Potential Motive
In the aftermath of a major cyber-attack on the United States emanating from Syria, a plausible motive for the attack must be floated to the public by the media. Coincidentally, on August 29, 2013, a report entitled “Satellites Over Pakistan Guided Bin Laden Raid, Leaked NSA Documents Say” was published which stated that a fleet of NSA satellites collecting electronic intelligence over Pakistan guided the raid by U.S. Navy SEALs that allegedly killed Osama bin Laden. Regardless of the fact that bin Laden was reported killed on December 26, 2001, the NSA satellites purportedly tracked phone and communications among al Qaeda operatives, ultimately linking them to the Abbottabad, Pakistan compound where bin Laden allegedly was hiding. Whether or not the a future Syrian based cyber-attack will be blamed on the Assad regime or the Syrian Rebels is not known, but sympathy for bin Laden could serve as a potential motive in either case.

I. CYBER-ATTACK PATSIES:

Cyber-Terror Patsies
In the aftermath of major state-sponsored terror attacks, intelligence agencies such as the CIA and the FBI like to have at least three or four different sets of well-groomed patsies. This allows for flexibility when it comes to arrests, propaganda, and an inevitable response. In respect to cyber-terror, Truther.org has identified at least 4 patsies (e.g., the Syrian Electronic Army, Anonymous, the Unknowns, and China) which could ultimately be blamed in the wake of an attack on a NASA ICBM rocket launch.

Syrian Electronic Army (SEA)
As previously mentioned, the Obama administration was unable to conduct the Al Qaeda/Syrian Rebel chemical attack on America soil on August 24, 2013, and therefore they now need a new reason to attack Syria. Coincidentally, on September 6, 2013, a report entitled “FBI Adds Syrian Electronic Army To Wanted List” stated that the Syrian Electronic Army (SEA), an alleged group of hackers sympathetic to Syrian President Bashar Assad, has been added to the FBI‘s most wanted list. According to the report, the SEA is responsible for major cyberattacks on the New York Times, their Twitter, the Huffington Post, the U.S. Marine Corps, the Washington Post, Thomson Reuters and the Associated Press’ Twitter feed. As a result of AP Twitter attack, the Associated Press falsely reported that President Obama had been injured in a surprise attack on the White House, causing a brief panic online. The tweet caused the U.S. stock market to fall by over 150 points.

Syrian Cyber War Trending
Based on breaking news and events, it’s quite likely that the Syrian Electronic Army (SEA) will be implicated in the aftermath of the next major cyber-attack, ultimately giving Obama the reason he so desperately needs to attack Syria. As evidenced below, Syrian hackers have been implicated in at least 7 cyber-related attacks on U.S. based entities within just the last 30 days.

Syrian Electronic Army:

1. August 15, 2013: CNN, Washington Post, Time Hacked By Syrian Electronic Army
2. August 27, 2013: Syrian Electronic Army Takes Down New York Times Website And Twitter
3. August 28, 2013: Obama Hits Pause On U.S. Action In Face Of Crippling Cyber Strikes From Syria
4. August 30, 2013: Syria’s Cyber Retaliation Signals New Era Of Warfare
5. August 31, 2013: Syria Facing U.S. Cyber Attacks In Upcoming Strikes
6. September 2, 2013: Pro-Syrian Group Hacks U.S. Marines Website
7. September 4, 2013: Syrian Electronic Army Denies Being Attacked By Anonymous
8. September 6, 2013:
FBI Adds Syrian Electronic Army To Wanted List
9. September 6, 2013:
FBI Warns Of Syrian Electronic Army Hacking Threat

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

U.S. Domestic Patsies
As depicted in the September 6, 2013, report entitled “FBI Adds Syrian Electronic Army To Wanted List”, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) has stated that any U.S. citizen found to be aiding the Syrian Electronic Army (SEA)hackers will be investigated as a terrorist. In the wake of a Syrian based cyberattack, it should come as no surprise if Americans are implicated. Linking the Syrian Rebels to American patriots who come from the Rebel South has been the working plan since the U.S. went into Libya a week after the failed nuclear terror attack on Super Bowl XLV on February 6, 2011. Coincidentally, on September 6, 2013, it was reported that SWAT teams in Florida are conducting terror drills against “native-born America-hating terrorists”  further indicating that innocent American citizens will be targeted in the aftermath of a major cyber-related terror attack.

Tri-State Hackers
In the aftermath of a major false-flag cyber-attack targeting a rocket from Virginia flying over New York, hackers would be likely be arrested and implicated in the attack. Recent news stemming from the tri-state region suggests that a number of potential patsies have already been primed for the attack. On August 27, 2013, it was reported a Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA) worker stole a bucket truck from its facility in Jamaica, Queens, around 4 a.m. According to the report, the driver extended its boom and drove off, pulling down a dozen utility poles and knocking out power to more than 6,000 customers around Elmont, New York. The bucket truck and several welding machines were reportedly discovered missing at 6 a.m. Although it was unclear whether the incident intentional or accidental, police allegedly arrested the driver and charges are pending. Two days later on August 29, 2013, it was reported that large amounts of copper were stolen from Fort Monroe buildings in Hampton, Virginia. According to the report, the purported theft was bold because Hampton has a police officer who patrols the fort 24 hours a day. Whether or not the two previous cases have anything to do with the Brooklyn Bridge incident (see below) is not known, but any suspicious activity in the target area that have to do with electrical components, communication, military bases and welding machines is highly suspect.

Brooklyn Bridge Mystery Man
If a successful cyber-attack was launched against the Minotaur V rocket, it’s theoretically possible that the hackers would have set-up a homing device to guide the rocket to a particular target location such as the Empire State Building, the Freedom Tower, the U.S. Open, or the Brooklyn Bridge.  Coincidentally, on July 4, 2013, it was reported that witnesses saw a man rappelling down from the Brooklyn Bridge in New York City. Interestingly, the bridge was “under construction” at the time of the incident. Whether or not the construction compromised the structural integrity of the bridge is not known, but the timely closure could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Brooklyn Bridge. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a terrorist attack. Prior to a high-profile terror attack on the Brooklyn Bridge, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “The Dark Knight Rises” (2012) is a film (see trailer) which depicts the Brooklyn Bridge as the target of a major terror attack.

“The Unknowns”
Prior to a major domestic cyber-related terror attack, the government must first create trade-specific patsies who will later take the blame. On May 3, 2012, a report entitled, “New ‘Unknowns’ Hacking Group Hits NASA, Air Force, European Space Agency” was published which stated that a group calling itself “The Unknowns” had published a list of passwords and documents reportedly belonging to NASA, the European Space Agency and the U.S. Air Force, among other high-profile government targets. Although no one from the Unknowns has been implicated in the May 2013 attacks, they could be the top suspect in future NASA related cyber-attacks.

“Anonymous”
In more apparent foreshadowing of cyber-related event to come, on July 17, 2013, a report entitled “#Nov5th 2013: Anonymous Pledges To Hack Govt Websites Globally On Guy Fawkes Day” was published which reported that the government hacking group known as “Anonymous” is actively seeking to launch a cyber-attack in the next few months. Whether or not they will stick to the date of November 5, 2013 is not known, but due to their popularity as an anti-government entity, they would be an easy scapegoated for any future cyber-related attack.

“China “
The nation of China has been directly implicated in multiple cyber-related attacks on NASA, U.S. satellites, and the International Space Station. Should future space terror strike America, there is a good possibility that China could be scapegoated for the attacks. On October 28, 2011, it was reported that Chinese hackers may have interfered with two US satellites on four separate occasions. Five months later on March 1, 2012, it was reported that a laptop stolen from NASA last year was unencrypted and contained command and control codes for the International Space Station on it. The particular laptop in question was one of 48 NASA notebooks or mobile devices stolen between April 2009 and April 2011. Although China has not been directly implicated in the thefts, based on their cyber-related crimes against NASA, they are the top suspect. Six days later on March 7, 2012, it was reported that Chinese hackers had gained ‘full access’ to the computer network in one of NASA’s key control centers, the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL). The JPL manages 23 spacecraft on active space missions, including missions to Jupiter, Mars and Saturn.

II. BLACKOUT:

Blackout Deja Vu
In the aftermath of a successful cyber-attack against the Minotaur V rocket, it is highly plausible that the exploding rocket and satellite will emit EMP-like waves which inevitably be blamed for a subsequent blackout. Blackouts are just another form of state-sponsored terrorism and have been trending as of late. For example, on November 1, 2012, just days prior to the 2012 Presidential Election, Hurricane Sandy allegedly cut off electricity to roughly 600,000 customers, including the New York skyline. Roughly 3 months later on February 3, 2013, Super Bowl XLVII was blackout for 34 minutes due to an alleged power outage. Coincidentally, on September 1, 2013, former NFL star Ray Lewis had stated that the Super Bowl blackout was conspiracy against the Baltimore Ravens, his former team. Only 4 day later on September 5, 2013, just prior to the 2013 NFL’s kick-off game between the Denver Broncos and the Baltimore Ravens, the game was postponed by the NFL for roughly 30 minutes due to non-existent lightening. Predictably, the Super Bowl blackout was r discussed at length on the television broadcast, ultimately rehashing the blackout for millions of fans the day before the scheduled rocket launch in Virginia.

What is an EMP?

An electromagnetic pulse (EMP) is a burst of electromagnetic radiation which usually results from a high energy nuclear explosion that suddenly fluctuates the magnetic field. Theoretically, an EMP could wipe out everything electronic (planes, trains, cars, computers, internet, etc.) in a flash. EMP terror has gained popularity of late and has been featured in movies such as “The Matrix” and television shows such as “24” and the #1 show on NBC entitled “Revolution”, which eerily features a post-EMP America with no electricity. Aside from the Hollywood EMP propaganda, there has been recent EMP terror legislation by the U.S. congress, a number of EMP terror conferences, and EMP terror scholarly whitepapers which have all been preparing local, state and federal officials for an upcoming EMP terror attack on America. Based on the 12 major power outages in 2012 alone, it appears that the U.S. government is programming the public for the permanent loss of electricity. Coincidentally, in September of 2012, Alex Jones of Infowars released a new magazine which indicates that the STRATFOR intelligence operation known as Infowars knows that the internet is about to expire and have planned ahead by launching a new propaganda magazine. In the propaganda film entitled “Red Dawn” (2012), (See: Trailer) a group of American youth out partying after a football game, suddenly find themselves in the middle of a major blackout, likely from an EMP attack.

Blackouts Trending:

1. August 27, 2013: Man Steals Bucket Truck Causing Power Blackout (Elmont, New York)
2. September 3, 2013: Venezuela Hit By Blackout, Govt Blames ‘Sabotage’ (Caracas; Venezuela)
3. September 5, 2013: Nelson Mandela’s Home Hit By Power Cut (Johannesburg, South Africa)

Conclusion
To date, Truther.org has thwarted two major state-sponsored nuclear terror attacks by the Obama administration (i.e., “Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot” and the “Live TV” Cyber-Hijack With “Live” Nuclear Detonation”). Realistically speaking, the only way to defeat the current establishment is with information, for it kills both terrorists and dictators alike. It is imperative to remember that violence of any kind MUST be avoided at all costs for it plays right into their hand. By educating yourself and those around you, America and the world will inevitably see who is really pulling the strings of terror.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Taylor has exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as Alex Jones’ affiliation to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste

August 24 Truther.org Logo

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
August 24, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that U.S. President Barack Obama has officially authorized an unprecedented domestic bio-terror attack which will ultimately spark the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2013.

As the Yahoo News headline from January 30, 2013 so ominously foreshadowed, “US ‘Backed Plan To Launch Chemical Weapon Attack On Syria, Blame It On Assad Government’”. This headline is correct in theory, except it must be revered. It should read: “Zionist Plan To Launch Bio-Chemical Attack On U.S. And Blame Syrian Rebels, AL Qaeda And White American Gun Owners”.

AUTHORS NOTE
: Due to time constraints and the highly complex nature of this particular state-sponsored terror plot, this Truther.org terror warning was rushed to publication and therefore may contain formatting and spelling errors. Please forgive us, we are trying our best. Namaste.

Download & Forward PDF

These attacks, should they happen, will most likely occur simultaneously on August 24, 2013, and will consist of a “Nazi/White Supremacist” gun massacre with assault rifles at the 2013 Civil Rights Game in Chicago, Illinois, Obama’s home city and state, followed by an Al Qaeda/Syrian Rebel “Jihad” attack on the 2013 Irwin Tools Night NASCAR race in Bristol, Tennessee, which will likely consist of grenade and missile launcher attack laced with a biological agent such as anthrax or smallpox. Exactly once month prior on July 24, 2013, it was reported that cyanide laden truck was hijacked in Africa and still missing. Whether or not cyanide will play a role in the attacks is not known, but it is possible.

Obama/Al Qaeda Terror Targets:

1. August 24, 2013: 2013 MLB Civil Rights Game (7:10 PM-EST): (Chicago, Illinois)
2. August 24, 2013:
NASCAR: 2013 Irwin Tools Night Race (7:30 PM-EST) (Bristol, Tennessee)
3. Date Unknown: U.S. Nuclear Reactors (104 locations throughout U.S.)
4. Date Unknown:
Sierra Army Depot (Herlong, California)

Targets #1 and #2 have been chosen to forever link Al Qaeda and the Syrian Rebels terrorists with white American gun owners who oppose Obama. The Syrian “Rebels” were given their particular name because there is a plan to eventually merge them with those who allegedly fly the Confederate Rebel Flag in the American South. By conducting the terror attacks at the exact same time, the “terrorists” will appear to be working in collusion, which is exactly the plan and the point. The twin terror attacks will bring about the so called “White Al Qaeda” in order to give Obama cart blanch to authorize drone strikes on white American citizens.

In the aftermath of the “live” TV terror attacks, the terrorists, both white and Arab, will allegedly begin conducting terror strikes across America. The secondary targets will most likely be any number of the 104 nuclear terror reactors which according to an August 15, 2013 report remain vulnerable to terrorists. In the wake of a biological and radiological haze, the Rebels will seize the Sierra Army Depot in Herlong, California, where millions of tons of U.S. Army equipment is stored consisting of 35,000 military vehicles and 95,000 military containers. The heist will likely be led in part by Staff Sergeant Joe “Rambo” Biggs who has been featured on the STRATFOR agent Alex Jones radio show continuously for the last few months.

Aside from the 9,000 service men and women from 27 states and territories and every branch of the U.S. military participated in massive bio-terror drill from July 27 through August 27, 2013, breaking news in respect to WMD terror warnings released by both Al Qaeda and the FBI again showing that they are in fact one in the same entity. Although there are literally thousands of propaganda articles in respect to bio-terror, a few recently published reports suggest that a bio-terror attack and subsequent pandemic are just around the corner. Breaking headlines such as “What You Should Know About Biological Warfare”, “Bioterrorism: A Dirty Little Threat With Huge Potential Consequences”, “Cities Might Not Be as Prepared as They Think for a Bioterrorism Attack”, “Bioterrorism Attacks, Are You Ready for World War B?” and “How Russia Neutered Obama’s Chemical Weapons Response” indicate that bioterror is imminent.

Islamic Terror Headlines:

1. June 3, 2013: New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks
2. July 31, 2013: Police in Colorado Warn Of Self-Described Islamist Jihadist
3. August 4, 2013: Intelligence Committee: Terror Threat ‘Specific’ And ‘Serious’ Included Dates
4. August 19, 2013:
Al Qaeda Terrorists ‘Aim To Israeli, Jewish Targets Worldwide’ In Coming Weeks
5. August 22, 2013: FBI Chief Worries Terrorists Will Again Target Planes Or Pull Off A WMD Attack

6. August 23, 2013: FBI Director Says Al Qaeda May Postpone Plans To Attack US Sites Overseas

Operation Northwoods 2.0 Redux
Half of this particular terror plot is a redux of the now foiled “Operation Northwoods 2.0” and will likely consist of a concoction of alleged Islamic “terrorists” potentially including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates. The amount of “free” terrorists has multiplied exponentially in the last year due to at least 14 prison breaks across Africa and the Middle East. These terrorists will likely hijack a ship, hold the captains hostage, and make their way from Northern Africa and the Middle East through the Strait of Gibraltar and across the Atlantic Ocean to South America, most likely Panama, and enter the U.S. by way of Mexico in order attack their hated enemy—The United States. Coincidentally, on August 20, 2013, it was reported that a tanker entitled the “Wael” was reportedly prevented from “illegally entering” Al-Sedra oil terminal by the Libyan Navy. Whether or not this is the terrorist laden ship has yet to be determined, but the Biblical narrative of Jonah and the whale cannot be dismissed. Once in on the ground in the United States, the terrorists will link up with homegrown Muslim extremists who according to an August 5, 2013 report, already have orders and are in place for attacks. According to a July 31, 2013, report, Al-Qaida want to free their brethren held captive in Guantanamo Detainees a reverse of “Operation Northwoods 2.0”  terror plot which featured African terrorists was foiled on April 4, 2013.

Live TV Terror
Prior to a “live” nationally syndicated high-profile terror attack, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. In the hit series “Homeland” (9th episode (21st overall) entitled “Two Hats”) which aired November 25, 2012, terrorist leader “Abu Nazir” was plotting a terror attack and planned to film the attack on live television in order to disseminate it globally. In this particular case, the U.S. government is planning on doing the exact same thing.  August 24, 2013 is coincidentally Yahoo! National Draft Day and therefore millions of people will be playing fantasy football and watching live terror attacks at Buffalo Wild Wings who is sponsoring the event.

Terror Attack Aftermath  
As America collectively reels from the shock of the Illinois and Tennessee terror attacks, the “terrorists” will spread throughout America like a plague conducting further acts of terror most likely consisting of 9/11 style aerial attacks and suicide bombings against U.S. airports, bio-labs, churches, courthouses, dams, hospitals, landmarks, malls, nuclear reactors, ports, oil and gas facilities, power plants, schools, sporting events, universities and other soft targets. They will be aided by thousands of two-way radios which were lost by the U.S. Marshals and the 1 million foreigners recently “lost” by Homeland Security.

Martial Law
These acts of terror would ultimately allow U.S. President Barack Obama to institute martial law throughout America and construct terror checkpoints to search for the Islamic “terrorists”. This power grab by Obama would then serve as the cover by which the U.S. government would violently confiscate firearms and round-up alleged American “terrorists” all in the name of keeping America safe.This terror narrative is of course laughable as it is well known that the Israeli Mossad was behind the 9/11 attacks as well as many others. Naturally, once America was biologically and radiologically active, the stock markets would crash and the U.S. economy would come to a standstill. On August 8, 2013, Zionist operative Marc Faber, operating on inside knowledge,  warned that 1987-style crash is coming.

Motives for Terror
In order to drum up a “motive” for both Islamic terror attacks and Nazi terror attacks in America, an unprecedented number of events have occurred within the month just prior to the planned state-sponsored terror attacks. Whether it’s the numerous terrorists which have been convicted in August or the two whites which have allegedly been killed at the hands of black males, the potential motives for and attack are endless. Naturally, the white terror attack will be directly at Obama and on August 21, 2013, it was reported that a Homeland Security Employee was preparing for a coming race war.

Islamic Headlines & Motives:

1. August 7, 2013: Producer Of Anti-Islam Film On Supervised Release From Prison
2. August 10, 2013: Al Jazeera America: Will U.S. Viewers Buy It?
3. August 15, 2013: Million Muslim March Planned In DC on Anniversary of 9-11
4. August 23 2013: Fort Hood Jihad Shooter Convicted On All Counts
5. August 23, 2013: Somali-American man convicted in 2010 Christmas bomb plot apologizes
6. August 23, 2013: Florida imam sentenced to 25 years for financially supporting Pakistani Taliban
7. August 23, 2013: Appeals court affirms convictions of 4 men in plot to blow up NYC synagogues
8. August 23, 2013: US soldier apologizes for ‘cowardice’ in murder of 16 Afghan civilians
9. August 21, 2013: Fort Hood shooting rampage says ‘illegal war’ provoked the 2009 attack

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Race War Headlines & Motives:

1. August 22, 2013: ‘Paula Deen SHOOTS Trayvon Martin’ in new ‘Law & Order SVU’
2. August 23, 2013: WWII Vet, 88, beaten to death by black teens
3. August 22, 2013: Chilling 911 call details final moments of Melbourne baseballer Chris Lane’s life
4. August 22, 2013: Buchanan: ‘Interracial violence is overwhelmingly black-on-white’

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Obama’s Counterterrorism Speech
As the May 22nd, 2013, Atlantic Wire headlines correctly states, “Obama Is Set To Reset The War On Terror”. U.S. President Obama’s speech given at the National Defense University in Washington D.C. on May 23, 2013, eerily foreshadows the upcoming terror attacks: “Now make no mistake: Our nation is still threatened by terrorists…America is at a crossroads. We must define the nature and scope of this struggle, or else it will define us….We’ve seen the emergence of various al-Qaida affiliates. From Yemen to Iraq, from Somalia to North Africa, the threat today is more diffuse, with al-Qaida’s affiliates in the Arabian Peninsula, AQAP, the most active in plotting against our homeland. And while none of AQAP’s efforts approach the scale of 9/11, they have continued to plot acts of terror…Unrest in the Arab world has also allowed extremists to gain a foothold in countries like Libya and Syria…And that means we’ll face more localized threats like what we saw in Benghazi, or the BP oil facility in Algeria…And finally, we face a real threat from radicalized individuals here in the United States…Deranged or alienated individuals, often U.S. citizens or legal residents, can do enormous damage, particularly when inspired by larger notions of violent jihad…So that’s the current threat. Lethal, yet less capable, al-Qaida affiliates, threats to diplomatic facilities and businesses abroad, homegrown extremists. This is the future of terrorism…Our actions are effective. Don’t take my word for it.”

Obama’s ‘Red Line’
On August 21, 2012, it was reported that U.S. President Obama declared the threat of chemical or biological warfare in Syria a “red line”, outlining for the first time the point at which his administration could feel forced to intervene militarily in the country. Speaking to reporters Obama warned, “That’s an issue that doesn’t just concern Syria. It concerns our close allies in the region, including Israel. It concerns us”. “We cannot have a situation where chemical or biological weapons are falling into the hands of the wrong people.” Ten months later, Obama’s “red line” in respect to Syria’s use of chemical weapons was officially “crossed” on June 13, 2013. Although it’s not for certain, Obama’s “Red Line” may in fact be in respect to getting approximately 8,600 bio-terror ready soldiers prepped for a bio-terror attack.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. Al QAEDA 2.0
2. THE SYRIAN “REBELS”
3. PAKISTAN
4: ISLAMIC PRISON BREAKS
5. SHIP HIJACK
6. THE HOSTAGES
7. CROSSING THE U.S. BORDER
8. CHICAGO “RACE WAR” ATTACK
9. MILITIA & HOMEGROWN TERROR
10. 2013 VIBRANT BIO-TERROR RESPONSE DRILL
11. NASCAR BIO-TERROR ATTACKS
12. NUCLEAR REACTOR ATTACKS
13. CONCLUSION

1. AL QAEADA 2.0:

1.1: Al Qaeda Bio-Terror
The marriage between Al Qaeda and chemical/biological weapons was made just after 9/11, but has recently been featured in the recent reports entitled ““Al Qaeda plot to use toy planes in chemical attack foiled, Iraqi officials say, “Iraq forces raid suspected terror cell making chemicals for gas weapons and “MI6 warning: ‘Catastrophe’ if chemical weapons fall into Al-Qaeda hands. Now that Al Qaeda has allegedly joined the Syrian Rebels, there is a convenient excise as to where Al Qaeda was able to obtain their chemical weapons.

1.2: Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted To Syria
On November 28, 2011, it was reported that the same Al-Qaeda terrorists who fought U.S. troops in Iraq and helped NATO overthrow Colonel Gaddafi in Libya were airlifted into Syria to aid rebels there topple President Bashar al-Assad. “There is something being planned to send weapons and even Libyan fighters to Syria,” a Libyan source told the London Telegraph, speaking on condition of anonymity. “There is a military intervention on the way. Within a few weeks you will see.” In a separate report, the Telegraph reported that terrorist commander Abdulhakim Belhadj, now head of the Tripoli Military Council, “met with Free Syrian Army leaders in Istanbul and on the border with Turkey,” after being sent there by Mustafa Abdul Jalil, the interim Libyan president. What role these Al Qaeda “terrorists” will play in a future Syrian biological or chemical attack on Israel is yet to be seen.

1.3: Al-Qaeda has Created Brigade to Hijack Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On May 15, 2012, it was reported that Robert Tilford, a former soldier and a graduate of the U.S. Army Infantry School in Georgia, stated in writing that al-Qaeda members have created their own brigades in an effort to take over Syria and their dangerous chemical weapons stockpile. “U.S. officials deny al-Qaeda is part of the rebel movement it is helping to arm and equip in some cases…but that is another story,” Tilford said. “The fact is the US has no good plan on what to do if Syria collapses, the military loses control or if Al-Qaeda manages to steal chemical weapons from one or all of the more than 50 suspected sites in that country.”

1.4: Al-Qaeda-Trained Terrorists Sent To Syria From Pakistan

On September 4, 2012, it was reported that Al-Qaeda, backed by Turkey, the US and its regional Arab allies, has set up a new camp in Northern Waziristan in Pakistan to train Salafi and Jihadi terrorists and dispatches them to Syria via Turkish borders. An undisclosed source stated that, “A new Al-Qaeda has been created in the region through the financial and logistical backup of Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Qatar and a number of western states, specially the US”. According to the report, the Saudi and Qatari regimes serve as interlocutors to facilitate the CIA and MI6 plans in Syria through instigating terrorist operations by Salafi and Arab Jihadi groups, adding that the terrorists do not know that they actually exercise the US plans. ”Turkey has also been misusing extremist Salafis and Al-Qaeda terrorists to intensify the crisis in Syria and it has recently augmented its efforts in this regard by helping the new Al-Qaeda branch set up a camp in Northern Waziristan in Pakistan to train Al-Qaeda and Taliban members as well as Turkish Salafis and Arab Jihadis who are later sent to Syria for terrorist operations,” said the source. He said the Al Qaeda camp in Waziristan is not just a training center, but a command center for terrorist operations against Syria.

1.5: Al Qaeda & Syrian Rebel Merger
Why the Zionist media continues to be the mouthpiece for alleged terror groups is self-evident, but on April 9, 2013, it was reported that Al Qaeda’s Iraq branch and a Syria militant group had announced a merger. Roughly two months later on June 10, 2013, it was reported that an Al Qaeda leader had rejected the merger between the Syrian and Iraqi terror networks. The on and off again merger between the Al Qaeda and Syria was to show that the two sides are in communication and therefore it would be more likely that they would in fact work together in an attack on America.

Al Qaeda Trending:

1. December 1, 2012: US Official Signals End To War Against Al-Qaeda
2. December 1, 2012: Pentagon’s Says Military Fight Against Al-Qaida Not An Open-Ended Conflict
3. December 10, 2012: Al Qaeda May Have Chemical Weapons, Spain’s Counter-Terror Chief Warns
4. February 21, 2013: UK Trial Reveals New Al Qaeda Strategy To Hit West
5. April 9, 2013: Al Qaeda’s Iraq Branch And Syria Militant Group Announce Merger
6. April 9, 2013: New York Terrorism Trial Set Jan. 7 For Bin Laden’s Son-in-Law
7. April 11, 2013: Canadian Accused Of Ties To Al-Qaida Militants Serving 2 Years In Mauritanian Prison
8. April 15, 2013: Troops Kill At Least 7 Suspected Al-Qaida-Linked Terrorists In New Offensive
9. April 17, 2013: Iraq Hangs 21 Al Qaeda-Linked Prisoners
10. April 21, 2013: Illinois Man Tried To Join Al Qaeda-Linked Group, FBI Says
11. May 2, 2013: Judge Releases Illinois Man Accused Of Trying To Join Al-Qaida-Linked In Syria
12. May 15, 2013: Inside The Ring: Al Qaeda Websites Hacked
13. May 18, 2013: Al-Qaeda’s Syrian Wing Takes Over The Oilfields Once Belonging To Assad
14. June 2, 2013: Al Qaeda Plot To Use Toy Planes In Chemical Attack Foiled, Iraqi Officials Say
15. June 3, 2013: New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks
16. June 3, 2013: Iraq forces raid suspected terror cell making chemicals for gas weapons
17. June 10, 2013: Al Qaeda Leader Rejects Merger Between Syria, Iraq Branches Of Terror Network
18. June 11, 2013: Manual Left Behind In Mali Suggests Al Qaeda To Use Surface-To-Air Missiles
19. June 20, 2013: American Who Allegedly Fought With Al Qaeda Affiliate In Syria Indicted
20. June 21, 2013: Spanish Police Smash Al-Qaeda Ring In Ceuta
21. June 26, 2013: Al Qaeda, Terrorists Changing Communication Methods After NSA leaks
22. June 26, 2013: New York student sought to join Al Qaeda, federal officials say
23. July 5, 2013: Terrorists dupe Kansas City Al Qaeda supporter, 2 others
24. July 11, 2013: MI6 warning: ‘Catastrophe’ if chemical weapons fall into Al-Qaeda hands
25. July 22, 2013: Over 500 ‘Al-Qaeda Militants’ Escape Iraq’s Abu Ghraib In Violent Break-Out
26. July 22, 2013: Al Qaeda Growing, But Less Focused On US, Study Finds
27. July 23, 2013: Al-Qaeda Extremists Hold 200 Kurdish Civilians Hostage As ‘Live Shield’ In Syria
28. July 24, 2013: Al-Qaeda Is Expanding And Its ‘Most Significant Foreign Enemy’ Is France
29. July 26, 2013: Pakistan May Seek To Trade Hero Afridi For Al Qaeda-Linked Terrorist
30. July 30, 2013: Court Hears Appeal Of Mass. Man Convicted Of Conspiring To Help Al-Qaida
31. July 30, 2013: Al-Qaeda Backers Found With U.S. Contracts In Afghanistan
32. July 31, 2013: Al-Qaida Leader Says Group Will Try To Free Guantanamo Detainees
33. August 1, 2013: US Closing Embassies In Mideast For A Day Amid Possible Qaeda Threat
34. August 1, 2013: Al-Qaeda Trainees In New Zealand: PM
35. August 2, 2013: U.S. Issues Global Travel Alert Over Al-Qaeda Threat
36. August 3, 2013: Rep. Peter King Says Al Qaeda Threat Is ‘Very Specific’ As US Issues Travel Alert
37. August 3, 2013: Interpol Issues Global Security Alert Regarding Al Qaeda
38. August 3, 2013: Interpol Suspects Al-Qaeda In Recent Jailbreaks
39. August 3, 2013: Intel Community Worried Obama Disclosed Too Much About Latest Al Qaeda Threat
40. August 3, 2013: Federal Officials Boosting Security Efforts Inside US Homeland
41. August 4, 2013: Intelligence Official Killed By Suspected Al-Qaida Gunmen In Central Yemen
42. August 4, 2013: Yemen Oil Pipeline Hit For Second Time In 10 Days
43. August 4, 2013: Yemen Ups Security Amid Fears Of Qaeda Threat
44. August 4, 2013: Intelligence Committee: Terror Threat ‘Specific’ And ‘Serious’ Included Dates
45. August 4, 2013: Security Tight At Mideast Missions As US Assesses Qaeda Threat
46. August 5, 2013: Terrorists Already Have Orders, Could Be In Place For Attacks
47. August 5, 2013: Global Terror Alert Inconsistent With U.S. Portrayal Of Weakened Al Qaida
48. August 5, 2013: Yemen Releases Names Of 25 Al-Qaida Figures Planning Attacks Across Country
49. August 5, 2013: Iraqi Forces Kill Six ‘Qaeda’ Militants: General
50. August 5, 2013: Yemen’s AQAP, Al-Qaeda’s Most Active Arm
51. August 5, 2013: Pakistan Probes Possible Al-Qaeda Link To Jailbreak
52. August 5, 2013: Source: Al Qaeda Leader Urged Affiliate To ‘Do Something’
53. August 5, 2013: US Special Forces On Alert Overseas To Strike Any Potential Al Qaeda Targets
54. August 6, 2013: Terror Alert Spurs Extra Screening Of Cargo Flown Into U.S.
55. August 6, 2013: State Dept. Urges US Citizens To Leave Yemen Over Al Qaeda Threat
56. August 6, 2013: Drone Strikes Kill Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen; Americans Urged To Leave
57. August 6, 2013: Al Qaeda Threat: Officials Fear ‘Ingenious’ Liquid Explosive
58. August 6, 2013: Al Qaida Groups Lead Syrian Rebels’ Seizure Of Air Base
59. August 6, 2013: Nasir Wuhayshi, Jail Escapee Via Tunnel Turned Yemen’s Qaeda Head
60. August 6, 2013: Al Qaeda Militants Shoot Down Helicopter In Yemen, 8 Killed
61. August 6, 2013: Suspected US Drone Kills 7 Al Qaeda Militants In Southern Yemen
62. August 6, 2013: 3 US Drone Strikes Kill 12 Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen, Officials Say
63. August 6, 2013: ‘Martyred’ American Muslim Extremists Still Recruiting For Al Qaeda In Somalia
64. August 7, 2013: Yemen Foiled Al Qaeda Plot To Attack Ports, Oil And Gas Facilities
65. August 7, 2013: Al Qaeda Conference Call Intercepted By U.S. Officials Sparked Alerts
66. August 7, 2013: Continued Threat Posed By Top Al-Qaida Leaders As Global Network Matures
67. August 7, 2013: UN Report: Al Qaeda Down, But Not Out
68. August 7, 2013: Al-Qaeda Replacing Assad Is The Biggest Threat To US Security
69. August 8, 2013: Suspected U.S. Drone Kills 6 Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen
70. August 8, 2013: Former Guantanamo Bay Prisoners Form Al Qaeda In Yemen AQAP Back In 2006
71. August 8, 2013: Al Qaeda Drives Iraq Toward Chaos; U.S. Withdrawal Left Door Open
72. August 9, 2013: More Suspected Al Qaeda Militants Killed As Drone Strikes Intensify In Yemen
73. August 9, 2013: Yemen: 7 Saudis Among Al Qaeda Militants Killed By Drones
74. August 9, 2013: Most Embassies To Reopen After Al-Qaeda Threat
75. August 9, 2013: Obama Doubles Down: Al-Qaeda ‘Decimated’
76. August 9, 2013: Al Qaeda Terrorist In Yemen Connected To Embassy Threats Left Jihad Blueprint
77. August 9, 2013: Saudi Police Arrest 2 Suspected Al-Qaida Militants
78. August 9, 2013: Yemenis Call U.S. Drone Strikes An Overreaction To Al Qaida Threat
79. August 10, 2013: Britain’s Foreign Aid Has Fallen Into Hands Of Al-Qaeda, DfiD Admits
80. August 10, 2013: Suspected U.S. Drone Strike Kills 2 Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen
81. August 11, 2013: Suspected Al-Qaida Militants Kill 5 Yemeni Soldiers At Checkpoint
82. August 11, 2013: Al Qaeda Gunmen Kill Five Yemeni Troops Guarding Liquid Natural Gas Plant
83. August 12, 2013: AQAP Chief Vows To Free Jailed Al-Qaeda Members
84. August 12, 2013: Al-Qaida Claims Responsibility For Deadly Attacks In Iraq Which Killed 69
85. August 12, 2013: Top Al-Qaida Operative Vows In Internet Message To FreeJailed Fellow Fighters
86. August 13, 2013: Al-Qaeda Kills Yemeni Soldiers In City Capture Attempt
87. August 14, 2013: Al-Qaeda Centre Of Gravity Shifting From Pakistan: Analysts
88. August 15, 2013: Al-Qaida Militants Kill 2 Young Shiite Men Execution Style
89. August 17, 2013: Brother Of Al-Qaida’s Top Leader Ayman Al-Zawahri Arrested In Egypt
90. August 17, 2013: 17 Dead As Qaeda Attacks Syria Kurd Town: Watchdog
91. August 17, 2013: Iraq Would ‘Welcome’ US Drones To Fight Al-Qaeda
92. August 18, 2013: Twitter Trolls Al-Qaeda: Extremist Hashtag Flooded With Jihad ‘PR Advice’
93. August 18, 2013: American Al-Qaeda Terrorist Urges Attacks On US Diplomats
94. August 18, 2013: American-Born Al Qaeda Militant Praises Benghazi Attack, Urges More Violence
95. August 19, 2013: Al-Qaeda ‘Targeting European Rail Network': Report
96. August 19, 2013: Al Qaeda Terrorists ‘Aim To Israeli, Jewish Targets Worldwide’ In Coming Weeks
97. August 20, 2013: Kurdish Militias Clash With Al-Qaida-Linked Rebel Faction In Northeastern Syria
98. August 21, 2013: US sanctions Pakistan school for allegedly training Al Qaeda fighters
99. August 21, 2013: Security head in Yemen’s Aden dead in ‘Qaeda’ attack
100. August 22, 2013: Bomb kills pro Al-Qaeda commander in Pakistan
101. August 23, 2013: FBI Director Says Al Qaeda May Have Postponed Plans To Attack US Overseas

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2. THE SYRIAN “REBELS”
:

2.1: Libyan/Syrian/Al Qaeda Rebels
The U.S. and NATO are not shy about admitting that they fund and arm Al Qaeda because they want the American public to see them as criminal in order to bait Americans into a civil-war which will surely destroy America. On March 29, 2011, a top ranking NATO Commander admitted that elements of “Al Qaeda” are amongst the Libyan rebel fighters currently receiving financial and military support from U.S.  According to the report, Admiral James Stavridis, NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander of Europe and commander of U.S. European Command, stated during a hearing in the U.S. Senate that, “We are examining very closely the content, composition, the personalities, who are the leaders of these opposition forces…We have seen flickers in the intelligence of potential al Qaeda, Hezbollah, we’ve seen different things.” Stavridis said, while adding that the rebel’s leadership appeared to be comprised also of “responsible men and women”. Eleven months later on February 26, 2012, then U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton stated that, “We have a very dangerous set of actors in the region, Al-Qaeda, Hamas, and those who are on our terrorist list, to be sure, supporting – claiming to support the opposition [in Syria].” A few weeks later on March 13, 2013, it was reported that James Clapper, the Director of National Intelligence, filed his annual report to Congress on the threats facing the United States in which he stated that the bigger concern is the rising influence and strength of the al-Nusra Front, an “al Qaeda in Iraq” offshoot who is among the Syrian rebels. Coincidentally, on June 20, 2013, it was reported that an American who allegedly fought with Al Qaeda affiliate in Syria has been indicted for terrorism.

CIA Funding & Arming & Al Qaeda in Libya and Syria:

1. March 25, 2011: Libyan Rebel Commander Admits His Fighters Have Al-Qaeda Links (Telegraph)
2. March 29, 2011: Intelligence On Libya Rebels Shows “Flickers” Of Qaeda (Reuters)
3. March 29, 2011: Rice: Obama Has Not Ruled Out Military Support For Libyan Rebels (CNS News)
4. August 22, 2011: Britain’s MI6 Played Secret Role In Fall Of Tripoli (Telegraph)
5. August 22, 2011: CIA-Backed Groups And Al-Qaeda-Linked LIFG On Top  In Libya (Asian Tribune)
6. August 23, 2011: SAS Troopers Help Co-Ordinate Rebel Attacks In Libya (Guardian)
7. August 24, 2011: West Fears Al-Qaeda Could Seize Gaddafi Weapons – Paper (Rianovosti)
8. August 28, 2011: Libya Ex-Islamic Terrorist Leader Heads Tripoli Military Council (Digital Journal)
9. November 2, 2011: Al Qaeda Flag Flying Proudly Over Birthplace Of Libya’s Revolution (Telegraph)
10. November 25, 2011: Libya’s New Rulers Offer Weapons To Syrian Rebels (Telegraph)
11. November 27, 2011: Leading Libyan Islamist Met Free Syrian Army Opposition Group (Telegraph)
12. November 28, 2011: Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted From Libya To Aid Syrian Opposition (Infowars)
13. March 1, 2012: Hillary Clinton Admits US And Al-Qaeda On Same Side in Syria (Infowars)
14. May 14, 2012: Al-Qaeda Rebel Pictured With UN Observers In Syria (Infowars)
15. June 21, 2012: C.I.A. Said To Aid In Steering Arms To Syrian Opposition (New York Times)
16. July 30, 2012: Al-Qaida Turns Tide For Rebels In Battle For Eastern Syria (Guardian)
17. August 1, 2012: Exclusive: Obama Authorizes Secret U.S. Support For Syrian Rebels (Reuters)
18. August 2, 2012: Report: Obama OKs Support For Syrian Rebels (USA Today)
19. September 19, 2012: New Video Shows Obama-Backed Syrian Rebels Burning U.S. Flag (Infowars)
20. October 6, 2012: Syrian Rebel: ‘We Won’t Stop Until Al-Qaeda Flag Over White House’ (Infowars)
21. December 5, 2012: Syrian Rebels: “When We Finish With Assad, We Will Fight the U.S.” (Infowars)
22. December 2, 2012: Al Qaida-Linked Syrian Rebels Key To Anti-Assad Victories (McClatchy)
23. December 8, 2012: Syrian Rebels Tied To Al Qaeda Play Key Role In War (New York Times)
24. December 10, 2012: Syrian Rebels Defy U.S. And Pledge Allegiance To Jihadi Group (Telegraph)
25. January 30, 2013: U.S. “Backed Plan To Launch Chemical Weapons Attack On Syria (Yahoo)
26. April 3, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Appear To Have British-Made AS-50 Sniper Rifle (Fox News)
27. April 9, 2013:
Al Qaeda’s Iraq Branch And Syria Militant Group Announce Merger (Fox News)
28. March 31, 2013:
Syria Accuses Rebels Of Setting Fire To Oil Wells (Fox News)
25. May 9, 2013:
U.S. Sending $100 Million ln Aid Package To Syria (RT)
26. May 18, 2013: Al-Qaeda’s Syrian Wing Takes Over Assad Oilfields (Telegraph)
27. June 3, 2013: New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks (ABC News)
26. June 15, 2013: CIA Will Lead U.S. Effort To Arm, Train Syrian Rebel Forces (Fox News)
27. July 11, 2013: Money, Guns Flowing From Kuwait To Syria’s Radical Rebel Factions (Fox News)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2.2: “Rebels” Plan to Secure Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On May 30, 2012, it was reported that a senior figure in the Syrian opposition stated that the rebels plan to take control of Syria’s chemical weapons depots and secure them in the hours following the collapse of the regime. The rebel leader, a former senior officer in the Syrian Army speaking on the condition of anonymity, stated that the opposition knows the locations of the chemical weapons stores and plans to quickly move to secure them.so that the chemical weapons won’t fall into the hands of terrorists.

2.3: “Terrorists” May Already Have Access to Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On June 12, 2012, it was reported that terrorist groups inside Syria may have gained access to chemical weapons already. In response to the shocking news, Yair Naveh, the Deputy Military Chief of the Israeli Defense Force, announced on that Syria had one of the biggest chemical weapons stockpiles worldwide and could use the weapons to attack Israel. The report also confirms the rumor that the Syrian “rebels” plan to use the chemical weapons on the Syrian people, or Israel, and place the blame on the Syrian army.

2.4: Concern Grows Over Syria’s Chemical Weapons Potential Bio-Terror

On June 22, 2012, it was reported that key western governments and neighboring countries are concerned about the fate of Syria’s major stockpile of chemical weapons if the regime of Bashar al-Assad should fall. “Syria has one of the world’s largest chemical weapon arsenals, including traditional chemical agents, such as mustard, and more modern nerve agents, such as Sarin, and possibly persistent nerve agents, such as VX,” stated Leonard Spector, the executive director of the Washington-based James Martin Center for Nonproliferation Studies. “Syria is thought to have a number of major chemical weapon complexes, some in areas of current conflict, such as the Homs and Hama regions. The bases are said to be guarded by elite forces, but whether they would stay at their posts if the Assad regime collapses cannot be predicted.” Spector stated futher that, “Conceivably, the Assad government could use some of these agents against rebel forces or even civilians in an effort to intimidate them into submission…Or insurgents could overrun one of the chemical weapon sites and threaten to use some of these weapons, in extremis, if threatened with overwhelming force by the Syrian army.”

2.5: U.S. Report Finds Active Biological Weapons Programs In Syria
On September 7, 2005, it was reported that the U.S. State Department found that Iran, North Korea, Russia and Syria are maintaining biological weapons programs. The findings were outlined in the State Department’s “Adherence to and Compliance with Arms Control, Nonproliferation, and Disarmament Agreements and Commitments” report. According to the report,  Iran is believed to have an offensive biological weapons program; North Korea has a “dedicated, national-level effort to develop a BW capability; Russia “continues to maintain” a weapons program; and Syria would be in violation of the Biological Weapons Convention if it was a member.

2.6: Syria May Start Global Smallpox Pandemic
In respect to the Syrian WMD program Bellamy-Dekker stated, “The Syrians have a modus operandi of covert operations and deniability,” she stressed, “so biological weapons are absolutely perfect for them.” “The Syrians now consider biological weapons as part of their arsenal,” Bellamy-Decker said. “The Syrian military is also beginning to plan the eventual integration of biological weapons in its tactical and strategic arsenals.” “All indications suggest that Syria’s ultimate objective is to mount biological warheads on all varieties of the long-range surface-to-surface missiles in its possession,” Bellamy-Decker maintained. “This is a goal that can probably be achieved within a few years, and it may already have been realized in part.” “A terrorist bio-attack could go global,” she noted. “A good biological hit will spread rapidly with international travel. Smallpox is a better weapon than anthrax. Smallpox has been field-tested, it is highly stable, and highly communicable, especially if you look at some of the strains the Russians manipulated. Syria probably retained some of [its] smallpox strains from the last outbreak back in 1972.”

2.7: Syrian Chemical Weapons Could Fall Into “Terrorist Hands”
On August 30, 2011, it was reported that U.S. officials are closely monitoring the political turmoil Syria along with their alleged stockpile of deadly chemical gases and delivery systems. According to the report, officials are deeply concerned that political dissidents or terrorist organizations may take advantage of the instability in Syria to acquire some of the nation’s weapons of mass destruction. Officials do not believe any weapon sites have yet been compromised, but officials do fear that the Syrian government could lose control of its chemical cache if the country descends even further into political disarray. The chemical stockpile in Syria is believed to include a large amount of mustard gas, Sarin gas, as well as the missile systems required to deliver those chemical weapons.

Syrian Rebels Bio-Chemical Headlines Trending:

1. December 2, 2012: Turkey requested Nato missile defences over Syria chemical weapons fears
2. December 3, 2012: Syria moves chemical weapons, White House warns of crossing ‘red line’
3. December 6, 2012: Syria mixes chemical weapons for potential use in bombs, US source says
4. December 8, 2012: Syria warns rebels may use chemical weapons
5. December 9, 2012: Israeli ambassador: Chemical weapons from Syria to Hezbollah ‘game-changer’
6. December 23, 2012: Russia: Syria consolidates its chemical weapons
7. December 27, 2012: Syria chemical attack claims aim to justify foreign interference – Moscow
8. January 15, 2013: Secret State Department cable: Chemical weapons used in Syria
9. January 30, 2013: US plan to launch chemical weapon attack on Syria, blame it on Assad govt’
10. February 2, 2013: Syrian Chemical Weapons Under Control – FM Lavrov
11. March 20, 2013: Game-changer: Syria’s ‘probability’ of using chemical warfare
12. April 9, 2013: Al Qaeda’s Iraq branch and Syria militant group announce merger
13. April 13, 2013: UK ‘confirms’ use of chemical weapons in Syria after secret MI6 op – report
14. April 14, 2013: Symbolic Syrian mosque destroyed; activists warn of phosphorus bombs
15. April 18, 2013: UN: Britain and France tell UN of reliable evidence on Syrian chemical weapons use
16. May 27, 2013: French foreign minister says signs emerged of chemical weapons being used in Syria
17. July 14, 2013: Syrian rebels’ Damascus chemical cache found by Assad army – State TV
18. June 27, 2013: Turkey’s foreign minister to meet UN chemical weapons expert over Syria
19. July 10, 2013: Syria jihadists may obtain chemical weapons, MPs warn
20. July 16, 2013: UK will issue Syrian rebels with chemical warfare defenses including hoods, drugs

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2.8: Syrian Rebel Military Tactics & Maneuvers

In the last few months, the CIA backed Syrian Rebels have made numerous militarily advancements in a bid to show that they are getting both more aggressive and effective in the ability to conduct war on innocent civilians. To date the Rebels have attacked airports, sized ammo depots and airbases, gassed civilians with chemical weapons, kidnapped and held hostages, recruited child soldiers, and are currently moving towards Damascus, Syria. What the CIA has planned for them to do in America is unknown, but it sure won’t be pretty.

Syrian Rebel Headlines:

1. June 7, 2013: Rebels attack air base in northern Syria days after regime captured strategic town
2. June 12, 2013: UN report adds Syrian rebel force, Malian groups to ‘list of shame’ of child recruiters
3. June 16, 2013: Syrian forces training to storm Israel’s border
4. July 23, 2013: Al-Qaeda-linked extremists hold 200 Kurdish civilians hostage as ‘live shield’ in Syria
5. August 2, 2013: 40 dead, over 120 injured in Syria ammo depot blast
6. August 3, 2013: Syria rebels seize ammo depot
7. August 6, 2013: Syrian rebels, foreigners take over regime air base
8. August 23, 2013: Report: Syrian rebel forces trained by West are moving towards Damascus

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]


2.9: August 21, 2013 Syrian Rebel Bio-Terror Attack
Just days after the U.N. chemical weapons inspection team lands in Syria, the largest Syrian chemical attack takes place on August 21, 2013 . Regardless of whether this attack happened or who is to blame, the attack is setting the precedent for a Syrian Rebel bio-chemical attack within the United States. As shown by headlines from around the world, the Zionist establishment is going all out as politicians from many different countries are speaking out about the attack; despite the fact that Syrian Rebel bio-chemical attacks have allegedly occurred three times prior.

2013 Syria Chemical Attack Timeline:

1. August 16, 2013: U.N. chemical weapons team will leave soon for Syria
2. August 21, 2013: Reports of massive chemical attack near Damascus as UN observers arrive in Syria
3. August 21, 2013: Russia suggests Syria ‘chemical attack’ was ‘planned provocation’ by rebels
4. August 21, 2013: Syria attack prompts calls for U.S. action
5. August 21, 2013: Israel says Syria regime used chemical weapons
6. August 21, 2013: Destroying Syria’s chemical weapons could have ‘horrifying’ consequences
7. August 21, 2013: UN Security Council to hold emergency meeting on chemical weapons use in Syria
8. August 21, 2013: Britain will raise claim of chemical weapons attack in Syria at UN Security Council
9. August 21, 2013: Syrian opposition groups claim over 100 killed in ‘poisonous gas’ attack near capital
10. August 22, 2013: Syrian forces bomb area of alleged chemical attack
11. August 22, 2013: France calls for force if chemical arms confirmed in Syria
12. August 22, 2013: Syrian government forces bomb area of alleged chemical weapons attack
13. August 22, 2013: Turkish foreign minister says “red line crossed” in Syria
14. August 22, 2013: Syria symptoms consistent with nerve gas: experts
15. August 22, 2013: Chemical weapons in Syria a ‘crime against humanity’
16. August 23, 2013: U.N., U.S. call for urgent probe of Syria chemical attack claim
17. August 23, 2013: Russia tells Syria to cooperate in chemical probe
18. August 23, 2013: Initial Western intelligence finds Syrian forces used chemical weapon
19. August 23, 2013: Obama calls alleged Syria attack ‘grave concern’
20. August 24, 2013: Syrian soldiers find chemical agents in rebel tunnels near Damascus- state TV
21. August 24, 2013: US weighs military options for Syria as Hagel suggests naval forces on the move
22. August 24, 2013: UN chief arrives in Damascus to press Syria for probe into alleged chemical attack
23. August 24, 2013: Iran president points to chemical weapons use in Syria
24. August 24, 2013: Hagel suggests US moving forces closer to Syria

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

3. PAKISTAN:

3.1: Pakistani Spawned Terror
The nuclear state of Pakistan was set-up to take the fall for the foiled Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot on February 6, 2011, and the firebombing of the U.S. Capitol in Washington, D.C. on July 4, 2013. Therefore, it stands to reason that state of Pakistan will likely be implicated as the state sponsor behind this and any major terror attacks on the U.S. so that a nuclear war between the two nations can ensue. If the following reports are to be believed, Pakistan is the home base of Al Qaeda and they have been training Al Qaeda fighters of attacks against the United States.

Pakistan Terror Trending:

1. June 12, 2013: Lashkar-e-Taiba Capable of Threatening U.S. Homeland
2. June 30, 2013: Lashkar-e-Taiba terror group poses new threat to U.S.
3. August 6, 2013: US puts Pakistan-based insurgent leader on terrorism blacklist, freezes assets
4. August 9, 2013: U.S. issues warning over Pakistan consulate threat
5. August 14, 2013: Al-Qaeda centre of gravity shifting from Pakistan: analysts
6. August 16, 2013: Militants attack train in Pakistan, kill 3
7. August 21, 2013: US sanctions Pakistan school for allegedly training Al Qaeda fighters
8. August 21, 2013: Pakistan links Quetta ‘bomb-making factory’ to attacks

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

3.2: Florida Terror Suspects Charged in WMD Conspiracy
On November 30, 2012, it was reported that two Pakistani men from Fort Lauderdale, Florida, have been charged with providing support to terrorists and plotting to use mass destruction weapons within the U.S. According to the report, federal prosecutors identified the men Friday as two brothers: 30-year-old Sheheryar Alam Qazi and 20-year-old Raees Alam Qazi. Both are naturalized U.S. citizens originally from Pakistan. A grand jury indictment claims the two provided money, lodging, communications and other support for a conspiracy to obtain a weapon of mass destruction.

3.3: Pakistani Chemical Bust
On August 21, 2013, it was reported that Pakistani authorities had seized more than 100 tons of chemicals which had allegedly been used in recent attacks on troops and minority Shiite Muslims. According to the report, paramilitary troops found wires, detonators and mixers to turn the chemicals into bombs during a raid in the city of Quetta, Pakistan. In total, 11 suspects were arrested and reportedly told investigators that potassium chlorate and ammonium chlorate had been packed with wires and detonators into vehicles at the compound. A Frontier Corps (FC) spokesman stated that, “We have recovered a machine which is basically a mixer, used to mix chemicals to make bombs. We have recovered sulfur and hundreds meter of wire. We have also recovered 79 remote controls and short circuit wires. Some 20,000 kilograms of explosive were ready at the factory and just needed to be fitted into vehicles”.

3.4: Subcommittee Hearingon Pakistani Funded Terror 
At the aforementioned U.S. Congressional hearing on June 12, 2013, Congressman Peter King, Chairman, Subcommittee on Counterterrorism and Intelligence, stated that Pakistan-based terrorist group Lashkar-e-Toiba (LeT) operates terror networks that ”span across South Asia and the Persian Gulf into Europe, especially Britain, as well as Canada and New Zealand” and that “The LeT is a terror proxy of Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence, which provides the LeT with a safe haven and funding to train and prepare for terrorist attacks”. King also stated that “LeT’s reach is broad and goes abroad. In addition to the 2009 plot in Denmark, LeT supported a planned 2002 attack on Australia by means of a trainer sent from France” and that “The LeT actively recruits Westerners, maintains social media sites in colloquial American English and has since the 1990s sustained support cells here in the United States”.  King concluded by stating that, “LeT members were arrested in the homeland as recently as 2011 when Jubair Ahmad was arrested in Woodbridge, Virginia. Eleven LeT members previously have been arrested in Virginia back in 2003. Suspected LeT operatives are reported to have surveilled several identified potential terror targets in this country”.

4. ISLAMIC PRISON BREAKS:

4.1: The 14 Islamic Prison Breaks
In order to compensate for the now foiled “Operation Northwoods 2.0” terror plot in which African terrorists were slated to spring the terror suspects at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, there have been a total of at least 14 attempted or successful prison breaks in Africa and the Middle East. In almost every case, so called “extremists” were allowed to escape. On August 13, 2013, the Libyan government stated that some 14,000 prisoners are still on the loose. Where these prisoners are and what they are allegedly up to is not known, but according to a report from August 3, 2013: Interpol suspects that Al-Qaeda is behind the recent rash of jailbreaks. Two days after the report, the nation of Pakistan began probing a possible Al-Qaeda to a jailbreak which freed 250 so called “senior Taliban fighters and commanders”. Once in the U.S., Islamic terrorists may

African & Middle Eastern Prison Breaks
:

1. September 28, 2012:81 Escape In Al Qaeda Prison Break Which Leaves 12 Dead: (Iraq)
2. October 15, 2012:
Libyan Prison Break Results In 120 Escapees (Libya)
3. March 3, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Attack Prison And Free “Hundreds” (Syria)
4. March 14, 2013:
Nigerian Prison Break Leaves 25 Dead: 120 Escape (Nigeria)
5. March 26, 2013:
Libyan Prison Break Leave 1 Dead And 50 Escape (Libya)
6. May 13, 2013: 40 psychiatric patients escape from Kenya hospital, 10 back (Kenya)
7. June 3, 2013: 22 Prisoners, Including Extremists, Escaped In Niger Prison Attack (Niger)
8. July 22, 2013: Over 500 ‘Al-Qaeda militants’ escape Iraq’s Abu Ghraib in violent break-out (Iraq)
9. July 25, 2013: Six Prisoners Dead In Ivory Coast Jailbreak Bid (Ivory Coast)
10. July 27, 2013: Benghazi jailbreak: Over 1,100 Prisoners Escape In Libya Amid Protests (Libya)
11. July 28, 2013:  Israeli Ministers Agree To Release 104 Palestinian Prisoners (Palestine)
12. July 30, 2013: Mass Jail Break In Pakistan As Taliban Gunmen Storm Prison (Pakistan)
13. August 2, 2013: Gunmen Attack Prisoners Convoy In Libya (Libya)
14. August 18, 2013: Around 38 Muslim Brotherhood Prisoners Die Trying To Escape
(Egypt)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

5. SHIP HIJACK:

5.1: Terrorist Ship: The Wael?
Aside from the numerous headlines in respect to shipping, stowaways and shipping terror, on August 20, 2013, it was reported that
a tanker entitled the “Wael” was reportedly prevented from “illegally entering” Al-Sedra oil terminal by the Libyan Navy. Whether or not this is the terrorist laden ship has yet to be determined, but the Biblical narrative of Jonah and the whale cannot be dismissed.

1. April 29, 2013: 2 Syrian seamen killed, 8 missing after cargo ships collide off southern Greece
2. May 8, 2013: Several dead after cargo ship collides with Genoa port tower
3. May 27, 2013: Shipwreck off Florida coast could pose oil pollution threat
4. June 30, 2013: Gas tanker explosion kills 29 in Uganda, police say
5. July 11, 2013: Oman seizes more than 30,000 pistols in port transit; Guns were Yemen bound
6. July 15, 2013: Indian tanker catches fire off Malaysia, one feared dead
7. July 16, 2013: Panama stops North Korean ship carrying missile material from Cuba
8. July 17, 2013: Another North Korean Ship Made Cuba Run in 2012
9. July 18, 2013: North Korea Says Freighter Carried Legal Load of Arms
10. July 22, 2013: The worst fate: Somalia’s ship wrecked hostages
11. July 23, 2013: 2 shipping companies sentenced to $10.4 million in fines for illegal dumping
12. July 26, 2013: EXCLUSIVE: GPS flaw could let terrorists hijack ships, planes
13. July 30, 2013: Filipino troops kill 8 Muslim rebels who attacked oil tanker truck
14. July 31, 2013: Stowaway cat found on freighter from Philippines to LA
15. August 5, 2013: Boat capsizes off coast of Senegalese capital, spilling diesel fuel into sea
16. August 14, 2013: Cargo ship sinks in strong typhoon off Hong Kong
17. August 17, 2013: India, Iran bid to resolve oil tanker dispute
18. August 16, 2013: At least 5 dead after ferry collides with cargo ship in Philippines
19. August 16, 2013: “Captain Phillips” trailer: Somali pirates with AK-47’s hijack an American cargo ship
20. August 20, 2013: Libya navy stops tanker entering oil terminal

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

6. THE HOSTAGES
:

6.1: Ship Hostages
In order for African and Middle East based terrorists to hijack a ship and make their way to America, they must kidnap and hold hostage a ship, its captain and her crew in order to arrive safely in the U.S. Something similar to what was reported on August 6, 2013 when 4 to 8 gunmen had kidnapped Turkish airline pilots in Lebanon is likely the working scenario. Coincidentally, “Captain Phillips” (2013) is an upcoming 2013 American action thriller film (see trailer) which stars Tom Hanks. The film tells the story of  Captain Richard Phillips who was taken hostage from an American cargo ship by Somali Pirates with AK-47’s during the hijacking of the Maersk Alabama in 2009. Aside from the upcoming television show entitled “Hostages”, there have been a number of recent headlines in respect to hostages across the world.

Hostages Trending:

1. January 16, 2013: ‘Mali’ Islamists kill 3, take 41 hostage in Algeria
2. March 14, 2013: Man takes five hostages at college with a toy gun
3. April 8, 2013: Man who took hostages at Hillary Clinton’s office is missing
4. April 11, 2013: Police: Man killed after taking firefighters hostage in suburban Atlanta
5. April 22, 2013: Taliban take 11 hostages after helicopter makes emergency landing in Afghanistan
6. July 22, 2013: The worst fate: Somalia’s ship wrecked hostages
7. July 23, 2013: Al-Qaeda-linked extremists hold 200 Kurdish civilians hostage as ‘live shield’ in Syria

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

7. CROSSING THE U.S. BORDER:

7.1: U.S./Mexico Terror Tunnel

Once the Islamic “terrorists” land in South America, they will make their way to the United States via Mexico. Although it’s impossible to know as plans are always subject to change, it would appear that the terrorists will cross the border with their weapons in drug tunnels, most likely in California or Texas. In order to gain plausible deniability just prior to terror attacks stemming from Mexico, numerous headlines have been released which conclude that the southern border in vulnerable to attack. Coincidentally, on August 5, 2013, it was reported that Syrian rebel ‘moles’ are waging battles from underground tunnels, potentially foreshadowing coming events.

Border Headlines Trending:

1. April 12, 2013: DHS officials charged with falsifying records related to border region crimes
2. June 12, 2013: U.S. and Canadian drill to “prevent cross-border terrorist and criminal activities”
3. June 21, 2013: Lockdown USA: Congress plans 700-mile ‘surge’ on Mexico border
4. August 1, 2013: Mexican cartels hiring US soldiers as hit men
5. August 16, 2013: US border security data not reliable, government reports show
6. August 17, 2013: Mexico says Gulf cartel leader arrested


[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8. CHICAGO MLB “RACE WAR” ATTACK:

8.1: Chicago’s Terrorist Mayor
Aside from the fact that the Mayor of Chicago, Rahm Emanuel, is the son of a Israeli Zionist terrorist, the city of Chicago has experienced 532 murders in 2012 and  more than 200 murders in 2013 already. These murders are in large part a result of Emanuel’s terroristic policies and therefore it should come as no surprise that the city is slated to suffer an unprecedented gun related massacre. Interestingly, Emanuel participated in a cameo in the television show entitled “Chicago Fire”, which features Chicago fire and medical teams which would inevitably be called to a future gun massacre. A sick and twisted joke.

Illinois Gun Terror Headlines
:

1. April 24, 2013: Five people killed in Illinois shooting, gunman dies after police chase
2. May 2, 2013: Judge OKs release of Illinois man accused of trying to join al-Qaid in Syria
3. July 10, 2013: Chicago lawmaker: Send troops to city
4. July 17, 2013: Chicago lawmakers unanimously vote to beef up assault weapons ban
5. July 24, 2013: Army Conducts Nighttime Exercises in Downtown Chicago
6. July 25, 2013: Chicago man who impersonated police in 2009 arrested for trying to do the same thing
7. July 28, 2013: Sheriff’s team working to seize guns from thousands in Illinois
8. August 10, 2013: Illinois university backs professor even after learning he murdered family in 1967

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.2: 2013 MLB Civil Rights Game
The 2013 Civil Rights Game will be held at US Cellular Field in Chicago, Illinois on August 24, 2013 when the White Sox host the Texas Rangers. Coincidentally, the two teams playing in the Civil Rights game are the Chicago White Sox and the Texas Rangers, inevitably linking both “white” and “Texas” together for that is who will likely be scapegoated in the attack.

8.3: White Sox is Obama’s Team
In 2009, Obama wearing a White Sox jacket threw out the ceremonial first pitch at the All-Star game. A year later in 2010, Obama sported a White Sox hat and threw out the first pitch at a Washington Nationals game. Then on June 9, 2013, Obama threw the first pitch at a Chicago White Sox game. It total, it appears that Obama has thrown out 3 first pitches all while donning White Sox gear so it’s clear that the Chicago White Sox is his team. Therefore, an attack on the White Sox would be translated as an attack on Obama, his state, his hometown, and his baseball team.

8.4: Baseball Terror Trending
Recent headlines in respect to Major League Baseball indicated that all is not good. Recent attacks and deaths surrounding players, teams and fans suggest that a baseball related terror attack is currently being planned.

MLB Headlines:

1. April 26, 2013: Calif. man arrested in shooting of player’s father at Little League T-ball game
2. May 8, 2013: Woman Dies After Choking On Hot Dog At Wrigley Field
3. July 27, 2013: Rangers’ Scheppers Attacked On Walk In Cleveland
4. July 29, 2013: Body of former MLB pitcher Frank Castillo found in Arizona lake.
5. August 8, 2013: Police probe racist epithets on Jackie Robinson statue (New York, New York)
6. August 12, 2013: Fan apologizes for throwing banana at Giants player
7. August 13, 2013: Man dies after 65-foot fall at Turner Field during Braves-Phillies game
8. August 22, 2013: Chilling 911 call details final moments of Melbourne baseballer Chris Lane’s life

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.5: Assault Weapons Terror
If the following gun related propaganda headlines are to be believed, there are literally thousands of assault rifles floating around both in the Middle East and America. If and when they will show up at a live sporting event appears to be just a matter of time. Conveniently, the U.S. government has purchased Russian made weapons and ammunition in order to not only bait a violent revolution in the wake of a state-sponsored terror attack, but to be able to feed both sides of a civil war once it starts. Naturally, these type of attacks will be used to demonize white American gun owners. Although it’s impossible to know, a redux of the July 9, 2013 story from Detroit, Michigan, of a vehicle mounted with a gun may be the type of terror scenario in play

Assault Weapons Headlines:

1. August 6, 2007: 190,000 AK-47 assault rifles given to Iraq are missing
2. April 3, 2013: Video appears to show world’s most powerful rifle in hands of Syrian rebels
3. April 9, 2013: 20,000 U.S. M-16s stolen from unguarded warehouse in Kuwait
4. July 26, 2013: U.S. Army Buying Millions of Rounds of Russian Ammo and Popular Civilian Firearms
5. August 14, 2013: LA County Sheriff’s Department loses M-16 rifle given by feds
6. August 16, 2013: U.S. Army Buys Nearly 600,000 Soviet AK-47 Magazines
7. August 19, 2013: Bloomberg reveals largest gun seizure ever in New York
8. August 19, 2013: Reward offered for weapons stolen from FBI vehicle in North Carolina
9. August 23, 2013: Police Search For Men Seen Carrying AK-47s

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.6: Race War Attack

As previously reported in the July 20, 2013 Truther.org article entitled “Nazi “Race War” Attacks: False-Flag Terror Threat Assessment”, it is imperative to remember that starting fights between different races, classes and religions is taken word for word from the 3rd Protocol of the Protocols of Zion. As America and the world continue to wake up to the evils of Zionism, namely usury and blatant acts of terrorism against humanity, there will be more and more attempts by Zionists to terrorize and divide the masses in an attempt to distract humanity from their wicked deed. Coincidentally, on August 21, 2013, it was reported that a Homeland Security Employee was preparing for a coming race war.

8.7: Race War: As Seen on TV

Predictably, “race war” terror attacks, should the happen, will be caught on videotape—Rodney King style. As previously reported, the genesis of a “race war” must be a “made-for-TV” type event whereby hundreds of millions can witness the vicious attacks on television as well as over and over again on YouTube and other social media platforms. The shocking images of “race war” attacks will be broadcast around the world in a coordinated effort to demonize America on a global scale until all economic and social confidence in the U.S. is ultimately lost. In other words, if the world is constantly fed images of supposed Nazis attacking African-Americans, the U.S. will be perceived as dangerous and unstable, which is exactly the plan.

Nazi/Skinhead/Race War Trending:

1. June 10, 2013:  School Vandalized With Swastikas, Anti-Obama Graffiti (Reseda, California)
2. June 11, 2013: Memphis Police Suspend Officer Over KKK Tweets (Memphis, Tennessee)
3. June 16, 2013:
Shock Lingers After Alleged Nazi Unit Leader Found In U.S. (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
4. June 25, 2013: Fatal Skinhead Attack On Activist Caught On Video (Paris, France)
5. June 21, 2013: German Prosecutors Probe Possible Neo-Nazi Bombing (Munich, Germany)
6. June 21, 2013:
Use Of Nazi, Soviet Symbols Banned (Riga, Latvia)
7. June 25, 2013:
‘Nazi Salute’ Greek Footballer Seeking Redemption In Italy (Bologna, Italy)
8. June 28, 2013:
Neighbors Call Police After Stratford Man Flies Nazi Flag (Stratford, Connecticut)
9. July 2, 2013:
Mongolian Neo-Nazis Rebrand Themselves As Environmentalists (Ulan Bator, Mongolia)
10. July 3, 2013:
‘Progressives’ Shocked: One Of Their Own A Nazi? (Slovenia)
11. July 7, 2013:
Neo-Nazi Trio Threatens Ex-Party Leader Sahlin (Stockholm, Sweden)
12. July 8, 2013:
Nazi Hacker Hacks Jersey Shore Cast Members Twitter Page (Unknown)
13. July 8, 2013:  92-Year-Old German, To Stand Trial For Nazi War Crimes (Berlin, German)
14. July 8, 2013: Berlin Begins Building Memorial To Victims Of Nazi ‘Euthanasia’ (Berlin, Germany)
15. July 8, 2013:
Nikos Dendias ‘Very Worried’ About ‘Nazi’ Golden Dawn (Athens, Greece)
16. July 9, 2013:
Kanye Tweets Frustration Over Leaked ‘Skinhead’ Video (Los Angeles, California)
17. July 9, 2013: Russia Blasts Estonia Defense Minister Over Nazi Sympathies (Tallinn, Estonia)
18. July 9, 2013: Forest Swastika Remain Decades After They First Appeared (Brandenburg, Germany)
19. July 10, 2013: “Hitler” Fried Chicken: KFC Logo Gets Troubling Nazi Chic Makeover (Ubon, Thailand)
20. July 10, 2013: Israel-Germany Soccer Match Nixed Over Neo-Nazi Threat (Angerberg, Austria)
21. July 10, 2013: Alleged Neo-Nazi Sympathizer Pleads Guilty In Gun-Possession (Toledo, Ohio)
22. July 12, 2013: Altered Images: ‘Nazi Loco’ Deleted From Club Website (Russia)
23. July 12, 2013: Custody Denied To Nazi-Naming Dad (Flemington, New Jersey)
24. July 12, 2013: Man Stabbed After Neo-Nazi Party Meet (Halmstad, Sweden)
25. July 13, 2013: Germany Inaugurates Memorial To Neo-Nazi Victims (Dortmund, Germany)
26. July 14, 2013: Neo-Nazism On The Mount (Jerusalem, Israel)
27. July 14, 2013: Remembering The Victims Of Nazi Eugenics (Germany)
28. July 16, 2013: The Scientists Who Escaped The Nazis (Gottingen, Germany)
29. July 16, 2013: Neo-Nazi And Black Metal Star Varg Vikernes Arrested In Southwest France (France)
30. July 16, 2013: Nazi-Fighting ‘Night Witch’ Dead At 91 (Moscow, Russia)
31. July 16, 2013: Cellist To Play In Honor Of Nazi Holocaust Survivor (San Luis Obispo, California )
32. July 16, 2013: Man Finds Half-Ton Nazi Aerial Bomb Near Beach (Sevastopol, Ukraine)
33. July 17, 2013: Lindsey Graham: ‘I’m Not Saying That Russia Is Nazi Germany’ (Washington D.C.)
34. July 17, 2013: Cher Compares Gun Owners To Neo Nazi’s And The KKK (Malibu, California)
35. July 18, 2013: Campaign Launched To Bring Remaining Nazi War Criminals To Justice (Germany)
36. July 18, 2013: France Frees Norwegian Neo-Nazi: Judicial Source (Paris, France)
37. July 18, 2013: Indonesia Questions Why Cafe Has Nazi-Themed Decor (Bandung, Indonesia)
38. July 19, 2013: Nazi Paratrooper Became British Soccer Hero (Manchester City, England)
39. July 19, 2013: NY Mayoral Candidate Likens NYC To Nazi-Era Germany (New York, New York)
40. July 19, 2013: Fascism Is Exploding in Greece, Raising Fears About Neo-Nazi Rule (Greece)
41. July 19, 2013: Nazi Salute Puts German Artist Jonathan Meese In Court (Kassel, Germany)
42. July 19, 2013: Police Raid Neo-Nazi Group Suspected Of Preparing Terrorist Attack (Europe)
43. July 22, 2013: Police Investigate Burning Swastika Placed On Street (San Bernardino, California)
44. July 23, 2013: French lawmaker under fire over Nazi Roma remark (France)
45. July 23, 2013: New poster campaign aims to find last living Nazi war criminals in Germany (Germany)
46. July 23, 2013: Nazi’s 100th birthday sparks resentment in Rome (Rome, Italy)
47. July 24, 2013: Greece: Far-right party plays Nazi anthem at charity event (Athens, Greece)
48. July 25, 2013: Tulsa may rename landmarks that honor Ku Klux Klan member (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
49. July 27, 2013: Neo-Nazis torture gay teenager they tricked into meeting them (Moscow, Russia)
50. July 30, 2013: US limbo for Nazi suspects ordered out (U.S.)
51. July 31, 2013: South Carolina Church Vandalized With Swastikas (Buffalo, South Carolina)
52. August 1, 2013: Japan finance minister apologizes for Nazi constitution comment (Tokyo, Japan)
53. August 1, 2013: Georgia State student forms White Student Union (Atlanta, Georgia)
54. August 7, 2013: Confederate flag will fly along I-95 in Virginia (Richmond, Virginia)
55. August 7, 2013: White supremacists sentenced for attack on Arab men (Trenton, New Jersey)
56. August 8, 2013: Police probe racist epithets on Jackie Robinson statue (New York, New York)
57. August 9, 2013: Wiesenthal Center calls for boycott of ‘Hitler wine’ (Rimini, Italy)
58. August 12, 2013: 3rd man gets prison in 2011 white supremacist attack (Trenton, New Jersey)
59. August 12, 2013: Hungarian man charged with Nazi-era war crimes dies at 98 (Budapest, Hungry)
60. August 16, 2013: Tulsa street keeps same name, but no longer honors KKK (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
61. August 20, 2013: Merkel visits former Nazi concentration camp Dachau (Dachau, Germany)
62. August 21, 2013: This Homeland Security Employee Is Preparing for a Coming Race War (U.S.)
63. August 21, 2013: Rep. Clyburn likens American media to Nazi propagandists (Washington, D.C.)
64. August 21, 2013: Israeli lawmaker compares Turkish leader to Nazi propagandist Goebbels (Israel)
65. August 21, 2013: Anger as German neo-Nazis protest against refugee camp (Berlin, Germany)
66. August 22, 2013: German security services ‘failed’ in neo-Nazi murders (Berlin, Germany)
67. August 23, 2013: Lawmakers cite errors and biases, in probe of neo-Nazi killings (Berlin, Germany)
68. August 23, 2013: Neo-Nazis plan to build all-white city in North Dakota (Leith, North Dakota)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.8: Foiled “Race War” Terror Attacks
To date,
Truther.org has identified and exposed at least 9 potential “race war” terror attack plots, 5 of which were apparently planned for the state of Florida. Although these “race war” attacks have not taken place to date, everything needed to conduct the “race war” attacks were in place at the time that the respective terror plots were exposed. As to be expected, numerous “official” cancellations and/or postponements occurred immediately after these reports were made public (i.e., Obama’s non-attendance at 2012 NBA All-Star game, postponement of the 2012 Daytona 500, Obama’s cancelation of his 2012 DNC Bank of America Stadium speech, etc.). The reality is, information is the only thing which can stop terrorism. Therefore, it is incumbent upon all peace loving people to seek out and share information about the true perpetrators of terrorism.

Foiled Zionist “Race War” Attacks:

1. February 26, 2012:Skinhead Attack On NBA Players And Fans At All-Star Game (Orlando, Florida)
2. March 31, 2013:
Obama’s School Bus Terror Plot: Attack African-American School Children (South)
3. September 6, 2012:
2012 DNC Terror Plot: Attack Obama Voters With Acid (Charlotte, North Carolina)
4. April 8, 2013.
2013 NCAA Final Four: Attack African-American Players With Acid (Atlanta, Georgia)
5. June 9, 2013:
2013 NBA Finals Terror Plot: Attack NBA Players With Acid (Miami, Florida)
6. June 24, 2013:
Acid Attack On 2013 Miami Heat Championship Parade (Miami, Florida)
7. July 5, 2013:
Skinhead Molotov Cocktail Attack On Zimmerman Trial Protesters (Sanford, Florida)
8. July 10 2013:
Nazi Attack At George Zimmerman Trial Courthouse (Sanford, Florida)
9. July 12, 2013:
Black Panther Party Attacks On White Police Officers (Unknown)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

9. MILITIA & “HOMEGROWN” TERROR:

9.1: Militia Terror
MLB terror attacks will most likely be executed and ultimately blamed on American “militia” personal, most of which happen to be former or active U.S. military members. Potential suspects include but are not limited to the Hutaree militia group from the state of Michigan, the “Light-Foot” militia of Idaho, other unknown members of the militia implicated in the Georgia Bio-Terror Plot, or unknown members of the militia group known as  “F.E.A.R.” (Forever Enduring Always Ready) who allegedly consist of U.S. Army soldiers from the state of Georgia who previously plotted to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama and overthrow the U.S. government. Regardless of the militia scapegoated for future acts of domestic terror, it is almost certain that its members will include white men who have formerly served in the U.S. military or worked for the U.S. government in some capacity.

9.2: Hutaree Terror Militia
According to Wikipedia,
the Hutaree Militia is a militia movement group adhering to the ideology of the Christian Patriot movement, based near Adrian, Michigan. The group was formed in early 2006. The name “Hutaree” appears to be a neologism; the group’s web site says that it means “Christian warriors”. The group became widely known in 2010 after the FBI prosecuted them in federal court for an alleged plan for violent revolt. The prosecution said this was to have involved killing a police officer and attacking the funeral with bombs. The presiding judge dismissed these charges. Three members pled guilty to possessing a machine gun and were sentenced to time served. Based on the evidence and events surrounding the 2011 mock trial of the Hutaree Terror Militia and alleged STRATFOR tool and Zionist operative Alex Jones’ rabid defense of the right-wing ultra-Christian militia group, it now appears that the Hutaree Militia is in fact a U.S. government funded and operated domestic terror group that will commit future acts of terror within the United States in a calculated attempt to further demonize, disparage and ultimately set-up innocent American patriots and gun-owners. The Hutaree Militia were slated to take the blame in the wake of the foiled “Atlanta Bio-Terror Plot” of April 8, 2013, and therefore it stands to reason that they may also execute and be blamed for acts of domestic terror.

9.3: Michigan Home to Largest Arab/Muslim Population
U.S. based militia terror attacks will inevitably be tied to “Muslim Extremists” and Michigan is the perfect place for that. Aside from being home to the Weather Underground Organization (WUO) in the 1970’s and the Hutaree Militia today, they also have the most Arabs and Muslims in America. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, the city with the largest percentage of Arab Americans is Dearborn, Michigan, a southwestern suburb of Detroit, at nearly 40%. The Detroit metropolitan area is home to the largest concentration of Arab Americans (403,445), followed by the New York City Combined Statistical Area (371,233), Los Angeles (308,295), Chicago (176,208), and the Washington D.C area. (168,208).

9.4: Hells Angels Terror
Since many of the aforementioned militia groups have been vetted as potential scapegoats in state-sponsored terror attacks, the notorious Hells Angels may be implicated in the next attack. Regardless if they participated or helped in the attack, the Zionist operatives behind Obama are desperate to pin a race related crime onto white American gun owners, which just happen to be most of the members of the Hells Angels.

Hells Angels Headlines

1. April 16, 2009: Canadian Police to Arrest 156 Hells Angels Biker Gang Members
2. August 30, 2010: Hells Angels leader indicted on gun charge after arrest in Colorado
3. February 5, 2011: Hells Angels Fugitive Captured in Argentina
3. September 12, 2011: Hells Angel, 2 Others Plead Not Guilty to Killing 3 Massachusetts Men
4. September 30, 2011: Hells Angel Murder Suspect Arrested in San Francisco
5. October 15, 2011: 1 Dead in Shooting at California Hells Angels Funeral
6. July 22, 2013: Hells Angel member pleads guilty to lesser charges in Nevada casino shootout
7. July 24, 2013: Spain police say 25 Hells Angels arrested including Europe leader on Mallorca island
8. August 7, 2013: Jury convicts gang leader in 2011 murder of Hells Angels member at Nevada casino

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

9.5: Homegrown Terror
Prior to scapegoating “homegrown” terrorists for future terror attacks, the Zionist establishment running the U.S. government must create the perception that the U.S. is overflowing with both white and Arab extremists who are trying to attack the government. Since April of 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount of homegrown terrorist activity within the U.S. that will likely culminate in an unprecedented attack on the U.S. homeland.

Homegrown Terror Trending:

1. April 19, 2013: US Man Pleads Guilty To Supporting Terrorism
2. April 24, 2013: Five Jihadists Have Reached Their Targets In The United States Under Barack Obama
3. April 26, 2013: NYC Man Arrested In Synagogue-Plot Sting Gets Prison For Terrorism Conspiracy
4. April 26, 2013: American Jihadi In Somalia Tweets On Assassination Attempt
5. May 2, 2013: Texas Man Arrested After Illegally Driving Through Security Gate At Dallas Airport
6. May 14, 2013: 2 Minn. Men Sentenced To 3 Years In Prison For Briefly Joining Somali Terror Group
7. May 14, 2013: North Carolina Man Pleads Guilty To Buying Gun For Terrorist Jihad
8. May 17, 2013: Uzbekistan national to appear in court Friday on federal terrorism charges
9. May 22, 2013: FBI shoots Chechen dead in Florida, man questioned over links to Boston bombers
10. May 22, 2013: Montana man gets 3 years in prison for trying to board flight with loaded guns
11. May 22, 2013: Man Gets 3 Years In Prison For Trying To Board Flight With Loaded Guns
12. June 3, 2013: Texas man pleads guilty to trying to blow up natural gas pipeline
13. June 8, 2013: Michigan man accused of making terror threats online
14. June 14, 2013: NY man with homemade bomb blew up his oven while trying to dry explosives
15. June 17, 2013: United Airlines passenger reportedly claims he poisoned others during flight
16. June 19, 2013: FBI Foils Plot To Build Strange X-Ray Weapon, Possibly Targeting President Obama
17. June 19, 2013: Leader Of Ga. Militia Receives Life In Prison Without Parole For Double Slaying
18. June 28, 2013: Boston Terror Suspect Had Bomb-Making Instructions And Jihad Literature
19. July 18, 2013: Florida teen faces charges of helping terrorists following visit to Middle East
20. July 31, 2013: Police In Colorado Warn Of Self-Described Islamist Jihadist
21. August 5, 2013: Utah Beauty Pageant Winner, 3 Others Arrested On Suspicion Of Throwing Bombs
22. August 6, 2013: Man Planning To Wage Jihad In Africa Pleads Guilty To Terror Charge In Alabama
23. August 6, 2013: Boston Marathon Bombing Suspects Had Befriended Anti-US Conspiracy Theorist
24. August 8, 2013: Florida Teen Accused Of Training With Middle East Terrorists To Appear In Court
25. August 7, 2013: Man Sentenced To 5 1/2 Years for Conspiring To Sell Cocaine To Taliban Reps
26. August 6, 2013: California Kidnapping, Murder Suspect May Have Improvised Explosives
27. August 12, 2013: 2 West African Drug Traffickers 4 Years In Prison For Taliban Drug Conspiracy
28. August 8, 2013: Man Convicted In Terrorism Hoax Sentenced To 2 Weeks In Jail
29. August 6, 2013: 2 Friends Of Suspected Boston Marathon Bomber Indicted
30. August 6, 2013: Somali Militant Group Al-Shabab Praises ‘Martyrs’ From Minnesota
31. August 23, 2013: Florida man accused of brokering uranium deal for Iran

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

10. 2013 VIBRANT RESPONSE (July 27-August 23, 2013):

10.1: Vibrant Response 2013
Vibrant Response 2013 was a major terror exercise conducted by U.S. Northern Command and led by U.S. Army North from July 27, 2013 through August 23, 2013 in Atterbury-Muscatatuck, Indiana. Vibrant Response 2013 was the largest chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear response training exercise for DoD’s specialized response forces. In total, over 9,000 service men and women from 27 states and territories and every branch of the U.S. military participated in realistic disaster-response training for a 10-kiloton nuclear detonation in Columbus, Ohio as the Muscatatuck Urban Training Center was reportedly transformed during to resemble a “post-apocalyptic wasteland”. According to Kevin Kirmse, the senior exercise planner for U.S. Army North (Fifth Army), which conducts the exercise under the direction of U.S. Northern Command, “At Muscatatuck, objects are in trees, cars are on fire. There are about 200 role-playing civilians made up to look like they have bones protruding or severe head wounds, plus we’ve got 350 manikins buried in garages”. According to reports, Vibrant Response 2013 featured 140 live events such as these, plus another 400 which are simulated. Despite being held annually since President Obama assumed office in 2008, Vibrant Response is eerily different this year. “This mission is very different than what most of these guys have ever done,” stated Sgt. Maj. Christopher Frediani, the operations sergeant major for U.S. Army North Task Force 51. How different is not known, but according to Sgt. Sal Sifunetes, a medic with 62nd Medical Brigade, 547th Area Support Medical Company out of Joint Base Lewis-McChord, Washington, “We’ve been training for six to eight months for this exercise”, stated Sifunetes.

10.2: The Three Active Duty CBRN Teams
Prior to conducting a full-scale bio-terror attack, the black ops soldiers who will launch the attack and those who will respond must be adequately trained. On August 6, 2013, it was reported that there are only three active-duty military units in the United States who have a chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear-focused mission, and they must be confirmed at Vibrant Response in order to assume command of their missions which coincidentally start on October 1, 2013. According to the report, the largest of the three units is the Defense Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear and High-Yield Explosive Reactionary Force (DCRF) who has about 5,400 soldiers. The other two units, known as C2CRE, are the Alpha and Bravo teams of the Command and Control Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Response Element who have about 1600 soldiers each. In total, approximately 8,600 active duty U.S. military personal with CBRN training will participate in the Vibrant Response 2013. In the event of a CBRN incident, the DCRF would be the first reactionary force and would respond within 48 hours. The C2CRE teams serve as contingency forces and would respond within 96 hours.

10.3: Alabama National Guard: 31st Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear (CBRN) Brigade

The soldiers who will initiate of the 2013 bio-terror pandemic appear to be from Alabama and will coincidentally be traveling through the exact state where the bio-terror attack is slated to happen. On July 25, 2013, it was reported that members of the Alabama National Guard and its 31st Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear (CBRN) Brigade would be traveling by convoy to participate in the  “Vibrant Response 13” terror exercise in Camp Atterbury, Indiana. The convoy was reportedly the largest domestic convoy in Alabama National Guard history with approximately 500 vehicles and 1,500 Alabama Guardsmen traveling through Alabama, Tennessee, Kentucky and Indiana which also included an overnight at White House High School, White House, Tennessee. “We are in close contact with highway officials in all four states” said Capt. Charles B. Priest, a 31st CBRN (Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear) Brigade logistics officer. According to the report, the goal of Vibrant Response 13 was to “exercise the ability to deploy, employ and sustain specialized military response forces upon the request of civilian authorities to save lives and relieve human suffering following a catastrophic CBRN incident”. Coincidentally, the Alabama National Guard will serve as the National Guard’s first Command and Control CBRN Response Element (C2CRE) for a two-year mission beginning this fall, taking on a role that has up to now only been filled by the active duty military.

10.4: Joint Task Force Civil Support (JTF-CS)

The U.S. military force responsible for “cleaning-up” and administering vaccines in the wake of a bio-terror attack will come out of the state of Virginia whose flag and coat of arms features a Greco-Roman man standing upon a dead giant who was most likely killed with a form of bioterrorism. On July 25, 2013, it was reported that the Joint Task Force Civil Support (JTF-CS) from Fort Eustis in Newport News, Virginia, would participate in “Vibrant Response 13” and be evaluated on their ability to effectively command and control the subordinate forces of the Defense CBRN Response Force (DCRF) and on its six core functions: mission command, identification and detection of CBRN damage, technical and non-technical search and extraction of casualties, mass casualty and non-casualty decontamination, medical triage and stabilization and medical and non-medical air and ground evacuation.

Gas Attacks & Leaks Trending:

1. January 22, 2013: Rotten eggs stench reaches UK after French gas leak
2. January 29, 2013: Tunisia beefing up security in wake of Algerian gas plant attack
3. February 21, 2013: Contractor for cable company hit gas line before explosion
4. February 22, 2013: Toxic Vapors Seeping Up From Underneath Google Buildings
5. February 27, 2013: 125,000 doses of lethal cyanide leak in Japanese spill
6. March 11, 2013: Total slowly restarts production at North Sea fields shut after gas leak
7. April 9, 2013: US teargas arrives in Egypt for Muslim Brotherhood use
8. May 9, 2013: Powerful blast in Czech capital caused by gas leak
9. May 27, 2013: Gas explosion in Pakistan kills 16 children, teacher in minivan
10. June 2, 2013: Almost 100 Afghan schoolgirls poisoned in suspected gas attack
11. June 13, 2013: 2 injured after gas explosion in CO
12. June 18, 2013: Gas pipeline rupture sparks major blast outside New Orleans
13. July 11, 2013: Gas Explosion Leads To Partial Collapse Of Building In Chinatown
14. July 30, 2013: Massive explosions rock Florida propane plant
15. August 20, 2013: 3 dead, 10 injured when accident ruptures pipeline carrying ammonia in Mexico
16. June 2, 2013:
97 Schoolgirls Poisoned In Suspected Taliban Gas Attack

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11. NASCAR BIO-TERROR ATTACK
:

11.1: Made-For-TV Bio-Terror “Event*
As depicted in the report entitled “
Red Alert: Mass Bio-Terror Pandemic Imminent”, the genesis of the 2013 bio-terror pandemic will be a “made-for-TV event” whereby millions will witness a bio-terror outbreak on live television. This so called bio-terror “event” will likely occur when the agents known as acid, anthrax (Bacillus anthracis) or smallpox (Variola major) are released into a controlled environment, such as an arena or stadium. To date, Truther.org has evidently foiled at least 4 bio-terror plots which had they been allowed to happen would have likely morphed into a global pandemic.

Foiled Bio-Terror Plots:

1. September 23, 2012:False-Flag Bio-Terror Attack On Israel Imminent
2. March 31, 2013:North Korea’s False-Flag Bio-Terror Attack Plan Revealed
3. April 6, 2012:Atlanta NCAA Final Four Bio-Terror Attack Plot Exposed
4. June 27, 2013:New York City Subway Bio-Terrorism Attack Trending


[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11.2: Splatter Attack?

Recent headlines in respect to green paint being splattered on various monuments and landmarks in Washington D.C. suggests that the bio-terror attack will be colorful in nature so that the public can clearly see that something is being released into the crowd. NASCAR logo colors such as fluorescent green, red, orange and yellow will most likely be the color of the mist, paint, or whatever liquid form is used in the attack.   

Splatter Attacks Trending:

1. July 26, 2013: Green paint splattered on Lincoln Memorial; statue temporarily closed
2. July 29, 2013: Following Lincoln Memorial vandalism, paint found Smithsonian statue
3. July 30, 2013: Woman arrested in paint vandalism at D.C. cathedral

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11.3: Tennessee Trending
In order to bring unprecedented attention to Tennessee prior to a major bio-terror attack in the state, a number of “staged” events have taken place in the few weeks. On July 9, 2013, ESPN Films aired a film entitled “Nine for IX Pat XO” about the life and career of Tennessee’s most famous coach, Pat Summit. Coincidentally, the film will be available for purchase on September 10, 2013. A few weeks later, President Obama visited Tennessee on July 31, 2013. Two days after that on August 2, 2013, it was reported that a Chattanooga, Tennessee newspaper editor was fired after publishing a headline critical of President Obama. Coincidentally, Tennessee was home to the 2008 Obama assassination plot.

11.4: NASCAR: 2013 Irwin Tools Night Race
According to Wikipedia, “The 2013 Irwin Tools Night Race is an upcoming NASCAR Sprint Cup Series stock car race scheduled to be held on August 24, 2013 at Bristol Motor Speedway in Bristol, Tennessee. Contested over 500 laps, it was the twenty-fourth race of the 2013 NASCAR Sprint Cup Series season.” Although it’s impossible to know exactly what is planned for the event, it would appear that some of the 400 U.S. stinger missiles stolen from Benghazi, Libya will be outfitted with some type of nerve or sarin  gas which will be laced with smallpox. These missiles along with grenades and AK-47’s could be used to attack both the cars and the stands, inevitably causing a stampede which will kill thousands. Coincidentally, it was reported on August 22, 2013 that the Tampa Bay Buccaneers facility was being treated for an outbreak of MRSA, yet another sign that a sports related outbreak is imminent.

11.5: DHS & NASCAR
NASCAR holds membership with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s “Commercial Facilities Sector Committee”, and has instructed NASCAR personnel at NASCAR events in “First Observer” terror training. NASCAR was also mentioned as a terror target in the 2009 Virginia Terror Threat Assessment, and DHS has been conducting terror surveillance of NASCAR events for some time. DHS recently unveiled a new alert system that sends text messages to users in the event of a terror attack which will obviously create a panic and cause a stampede that will kill far more than the actual terror event.

11.6: 2011 Annual NASCAR Summit: Active Shooter
Multiple former and current government agent discusses “safety” issues in regards to a potential terror attacks at a NASCAR event. The list included John M. Power (FBI), O.T. Gagnon (DHS), and Raymond Thrower (expert on active shooters), Steve Lampo (FBI) and head of NASCAR security Gerry Cavis, formerly of the Secret Service, a 30-year veteran of law enforcement and retired from the U.S. Secret Service in 2004.

11.7: U.S. Arming Terrorists with Stinger Missiles
Prior to Zionist terrorists such as the Israeli Mossad using Stinger missiles in the U.S., they must first set-up the Islamic brethren for the attacks that they will eventually commit. Starting around August 18, 2012, reports began to surface that the CIA had smuggled 14 Stinger missiles into Syria for the Rebels. A few months later on October 24, 2012, it was reported that according to a Russian general, the Syrian Rebels were now in possession of U.S. Stinger missiles. A month later, it was reported on November 27, 2012, that Syrian Rebels were seen showing off their new heat-seeking missiles. This wouldn’t be the first time that the U.S. has armed terrorists. Back in 1986, the CIA provided Stinger missiles to Osama bin Laden and the Afghan Mujahideen during the Soviet occupation of their country.

NASCAR Terror Trending:

1. February 24, 2013: NASCAR Crash Injures 30 Fans As Debris Flies Into Crowd (Daytona, Florida)
2. March 17, 2013: 2 Killed In Crash At California Raceway (Marysville, California)
3. April 14, 2013: Man Dies In Shooting At NASCAR Race In Texas (Fort Worth, Texas)
4. May 16, 2013: Ex-NASCAR driver Dick Trickle dies at 71, sheriff says
5. May 27, 2013: Ten fans injured by fallen TV cable
6. June 15, 2013: Jason Leffler, accomplished race car driver, dies in dirt-track accident
7. June 22, 2013: Allan Simonsen dies in Le Mans race
8. June 24, 2013: NASCAR driver accused of stealing competitor’s vehicles turns himself in
9. July 3, 2013: Dozens sickened at Michigan International Speedway, Norovirus suspected
10. July 14, 2013: Driver dragged by race car at Bowman Gray Stadium
11. July 14, 2013: Motorcyclist killed in 285 mph crash in Maine
12. July 20, 2013: Use of aerial camera systems halted
13. August 10, 2013: Female driver dies in Wartburg Rally in Germany

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11.8: Aftermath of Bio-Terror
If and when a bio-war or bio-terror attack occurs, it will most likely be masterminded by the Center for Biosecurity located at the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center who have been directly responsible for funding and conducting numerous bio-terror related war games. Aside from having the means, the motive and the opportunity to conduct a major bio-terror attack, the government is the only entity with the resources to organize, plan, drill and execute a major bio-terror false-flag operation. In the aftermath of a bio-terror attack and subsequent pandemic, there will be mass confusion, fear, and hysteria. In this chaotic environment, there will be political and governmental agencies and institutions that will attempt to take advantage of the situation by declaring martial law and potentially forcing billions of people worldwide to take the lethal vaccines issued by the military and medical establishments in  the aftermath of the bio-terror attack.

11.9: The Good Bio-Terror News
The good news is that the reality of bio-terror is almost 100% opposite of what the public has been led to believe. According to top scientists, the use of bio-weapons for mass terror is a very difficult process and totally unreliable. Steve Emmett, an expert on nerve agents at Oxford University stated that, “It’s easy to play up the risks and encourage panic,” but “In fact the risks of mass poisoning [from any chemical agent] are very low”. Emmett went on to state that smallpox can be passed on from person to person only by close physical contact, not simply by being in the same room as someone who is infected. Jonathan Tucker, an authority on unconventional arms with California’s Monterey Institute of International Studies, stated, “Regardless of what people say, [bio-terror] is very difficult to do, to inflict mass casualties with chemical or biological weapons”. Despite the non-stop government propaganda, the true nature of the bio-war and bio-terror threat is very low and almost theoretically impossible. So long as people refuse vaccines, they really don’t have anything to worry about.

12. NUCLEAR TERROR:

12.1: Nuclear Reactor Terror “Blinking Red”
On March 11, 2011, exactly 33 days after the failed nuclear terror attack of February 6, 2011, there was an attack on the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant in Ōkuma, Japan. According to Japanese scientists, the 2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami, which allegedly caused the Fukushima nuclear disaster, was actually the result of an underwater explosion. As with all airports used in the 9/11 attacks, Fukushima was also conveniently “secured” by an Israeli company shortly before the incident. In the wake of the Fukushima disaster , there have been approximately 50 nuclear reactor “emergencies”, “closures”, “leaks” and other major incidents clearly setting the stage for coming nuclear reactor terror on an unimaginable scale. Complementing the unprecedented nuclear reactor emergencies are multiple cases of “terrorists” attempting to breach nuclear reactors, repeated lapses in nuclear reactor security, as well as countless propaganda articles indicating that a Fukushima-level event inside the United States is a foregone conclusion.  Aside from blatant programming of the 2012 Hollywood nuclear reactor disaster film entitled “Chernobyl Diaries”, a recent Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) panel recommended that the U.S. government customize emergency plans for each of America’s 65 nuclear power plants, a change would “expand” the standard 10-mile evacuation zone surrounding nuclear reactors. Also, in a letter submitted to internal investigators at the NRC, a whistleblower engineer within the agency accused regulators of deliberately covering up information relating to the vulnerability of U.S. nuclear power facilities that sit downstream from large dams and reservoirs.

12.2: All 104 US Nuclear Reactors Should Be Replaced
In an apparent sign that American nuclear reactors are doomed, it was reported on April 9, 2013, that the former chairman of the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Gregory B. Jaczko, had stated that all 104 nuclear reactors currently operational in the U.S. have irreparable safety issues and should be taken out of commission and replaced. The comments, made during the Carnegie International Nuclear Policy Conference, are “highly unusual” for a current or former member of the safety commission, according to The New York Times. Asked why he had suddenly decided to make the remarks, Jaczko implied that he had only recently arrived at these conclusions following the serious aftermath of Japan’s tsunami-stricken Fukushima Daichii nuclear facility. “I was just thinking about the issues more, and watching as the industry and the regulators and the whole nuclear safety community continues to try to figure out how to address these very, very difficult problems,” which were made more evident by the 2011 Fukushima nuclear accident in Japan, he said. “Continuing to put Band-Aid on Band-Aid is not going to fix the problem.”

12.3: Nuclear Reactor Terror Programing
Prior to a high-profile nuclear reactor terror attack on American soil, the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, nuclear reactor headlines are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of impending nuclear reactor terror. The quantity and intensity of “nuclear reactor” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given nuclear-terror plot nears.

Latest Nuclear Reactor Headlines:

1. December 21, 2012: Engineers Warn: Two US Nuclear Plants May Cause New Fukushima
2. January 2, 2013:
Iran To Citizens Flee City Over Reported Nuclear Leak
3. January 23, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Causes Freak Snowstorm
4. January 29, 2013: Watch 5 nuclear power station towers collapse in slow motion
5. February 3, 2013: Security breach at nuke plant a wake-up call
6. February 3, 2013:
Nuke Plant Operator Disputes Safety Claim
7. February 7, 2013: San Onofre nuke plant operator disputes safety claim
8. February 9, 2013:Outage Shuts Down Nuclear Power Plant
9. February 26, 2013:
Symantec Discovers 2005 US Computer Virus Attack On Iran Nuclear Plants
10. March 13, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Taken Off Line Over Generator Malfunction
11. March 16, 2013:
US Gov’t Concerned About Solar Storms Impacting Nuclear Plants
12. March 18, 2013:
Power Outage At Nuke Plant Leaves Fuel Pools Without Cooling
13. March 25, 2013:
‘Rat-Like Animal’ Caused Massive Fukushima Power Outage
14. March 29, 2013: Safety: Jaczko Calls for Phaseout in US, Says Plants Aren’t Safe
15. April 1, 2013:
Accident At Arkansas Nuclear Site Kills Man
16. April 5, 2013: Cooling System At Japan Nuclear Plant Back Working
17. April 6, 2013:
Japan’s Fukushima Nuclear Plant Leaks Contaminated Water
18. April 9, 2013: All US nuclear reactors should be replaced, ‘Band-Aids’ won’t help

19. April 10, 2013:
Gulf States Fear Nuclear Radiation Leak After Iran Earthquake
20. April 14, 2013: Small Leak Is Discovered at Plant in Fukushima
21. April 15, 2013:
Pilgrim Nuclear Plant Forced To Shut Down (Plymouth, Massachusetts)
22. April 15, 2013: Emergency declared after fire at U.S. nuclear plant — Lasted almost 30 minutes

23. April 16, 2013:
Two US Nuke Plants Tighten Security After Blasts(Massachusetts & New Hampshire)
24. April 18, 2013: Emergency declared at U.S. nuclear plant after lightning strike
25. April 19, 2013: ‘First terror drill at US nuclear plant a success’
26. April 21, 2013: Shots fired at TVA Watts Bar Nuclear Plant
27. May 6, 2013: Kewaunee to start powering down early Tuesday ahead of permanent closure
28. May 9, 2013: 83-year-old nun convicted of sabotage for breach of US atomic complex
29. May 11, 2013: Utility investigating vibrations that caused shutdown of nuclear reactor
30. May 13, 2013: Indian Point To Become First Nuclear Plant To Operate With Expired License
31. May 16, 2013: North Carolina nuclear plant shut down after crack discovered
32. May 17, 2013: Radioactive leak found at Palisades Nuclear Power Plant
33..May 28, 2013: SKorea halts 2 nuclear plants for using control cables with fabricated test results
34. May 28, 2013: Seaweed causes shut down of multiple nuclear reactors
35. June 4, 2013: Cracks in Iran’s nuclear reactor facility following quakes – diplomats
36. June 7, 2013: U.S. orders new safety upgrades at nuclear plants
37. June 7, 2013: California utility says it will retire nuclear plant
38. June 10, 2013: Bushehr nuclear plant suffered electric generator malfunction
39. June 23, 2013: U.S. engineers to inspect possible leak at Hanford nuclear site
40. July 15, 2013: Greenpeace activists break into French nuclear plant
41. July 24, 2013: Former Indian Point supervisor charged with lying to Nuclear Regulatory Commission
42. August 15, 2013: Report: U.S. nuclear plants remain vulnerable to terrorists
43. August 15, 2013: Are U.S. Nuclear Reactors Protected Against Credible Terrorist Attacks?
44. August 15, 2013: Indian Point nuclear plant is vulnerable to terror attack: report
45. August 17, 2013:  Fukushima apocalypse: Years of ‘duct tape fixes’ could result in ‘millions of deaths’
46. August 21, 2013: Tank at crippled Fukushima nuclear plant leaks highly radioactive water

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

13. CONCLUSION
:

13.1: Dictator Obama
The terror plot depicted herein will be a valiant political attempt to resurrect Obama to dictator status. This will be accomplished by a) first garnering unprecedented domestic support in the wake of the attacks, b) creating unprecedented race related division over the suspicious nature of having an African-American president “allow for” Al Qaeda terrorists to kill American citizens, and c), death on the scale of Nazi Germany as gun-owning Americans and patriots will be rounded up and sent to FEMA camps for extermination. As planned, most Americans won’t stand for this and therefore a “civil war” between gun-owners and those loyal to Obama and the U.S. government will ensue. These acts of terror would ultimately allow U.S. President Barack Obama to institute martial law throughout America, construct terror checkpoints to search for the Islamic “terrorists”, and order drone strikes to attack Americans. This power grab by Obama would then serve as the cover by which the U.S. government would violently confiscate firearms and round-up alleged American “terrorists” all in the name of keeping America safe.

13.2: SKYNET Terror Endgame

The main goal of the Zionist establishment is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. As first reported by Truther.org on May 20, 2012, once Alex Jones baits gun-owning Americans in a Second American Civil War, the 5th SKYNET will be fully integrated with NATO’s “Smart Defense” killer drone program and all Americans will be under 24/7 attack by thousands of NATO drones with heat-seeking missiles. This scenario would lead to the death of millions and therefore violence of any kind MUST be avoided at all costs.

13.3: Information is the Answer
Remember, violence of any kind MUST be avoided at all costs for it plays right into their hand. The only way to defeat the Obama administration and the Zionists is with information. By educating yourself and those around you, America and the world will see once and for all who is behind the Obama administration, fascism, and who is really pulling the strings of terrorism. Information kills terrorism and dictators, so speak up and speak out before it’s too late.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum since the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with subverting a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has since released The Bio-Terror Bible, a website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic likely planned for 2013. Taylor has also exposed numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, as well as Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

Stinger

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
June 15, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich Starting on  February 15, 2011, exactly one week after the foiled nuclear terror attack on Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, the U.S. and NATO began attacking and destabilizing Libya. This sudden and unprovoked attack was launched to divert attention away from Dallas as well as to set up Libya as a future Al Qaeda state to terrorize the West for years to come. As of November 2, 2011, the Al Qaeda flag was flying high over the courthouse in Benghazi, Libya.

Download & Forward PDF

Although Osama bin Laden, the man slated to be scapegoated for the nuclear attack, was killed off a couple months later on May 1, 2011, ten years after his first reported death on December 26, 2001, the Zionist agenda to terrorize America under the guise of Islamic terror is unfortunately still very much alive. Just as the CIA created and funded bin Laden, they have also created and funded the Al Qaeda terror operatives commonly known as the “Rebels” which now infest both Libya and Syria.

Access: Secret History of Israeli Terror Exposed

These Libyan/Syrian/Al Qaeda terrorists, along with other African factions, were slated to be scapegoated in the now foiled Operation Northwoods 2.0 Terror Plot of April 4, 2013, the UFC Suicide Terror Attacks of April, 27, 2013, and the 2013 NBA Finals Terror Plot of June 9, 2013. After the exposure and subsequent cancelation of the aforementioned terror plots, the establishment quickly tried to set up the NSA terror attacks to be blamed on Alex Jones’ listeners scheduled sometime on or around June 16, 2013. Unable to trigger a major terror attack, Obama’s “red line” in respect to Syria’s use of chemical weapons was officially “crossed” on June 13, 2013, just days before Obama’s scheduled attendance at the 39th G8 summit on June 17-18, 2013 in Northern Ireland.

To date, the CIA funded Islamic terrorists have been responsible for numerous terrorist attacks, massacres, suicide bombings, hijackings and acts of piracy. However, based on recent news and events, it now appears that these CIA terrorists will be implicated in future bio-terror attacks on the U.S. water supply and attacks on U.S. airlines via heat-seeking missiles which they now allegedly possess. As evidenced in the enclosed chapters, Stinger missile terror, water supply terror, airport terror, airport attacks, airplane crashes, scares and threats are all trending and indicate that new  “Islamic” style terror attacks upon the U.S. are imminent.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. Stinger Missile Terror
2. Water Supply Terror
3. CIA/Al Qaeda/Libyan/Syrian Rebels Terror
4. Airport Terror
5. Airplane Terror
6. Airplane Crash Terror

Remember, the goal of the  Zionist establishment is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of a major U.S. terror attack, Zionist operative such as Alex Jones, Michael Savage, Glenn Beck, Sean Hannity, Bill O’Reilly and Rush Limbaugh will attempt to bait gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the Obama administration, otherwise known as the U.S. government. Violence of any kind MUST be avoided at all costs for it plays right into their hand.

1. STINGER MISSILE TERROR:

1.1: U.S. Arming Terrorists with Stinger Missiles
Prior to Zionist terrorists such as the Israeli Mossad using Stinger missiles on U.S. airliners, they must first set-up the Islamic brethren for the attacks that they will eventually commit. Starting around August 18, 2012, reports began to surface that the
CIA had smuggled 14 Stinger missiles into Syria for the Rebels. A few months later on October 24, 2012, it was reported that according to a Russian general, the Syrian Rebels were now in possession of U.S. Stinger missiles. A month later, it was reported on November 27, 2012, that Syrian Rebels were seen showing off their new heat-seeking missiles. This wouldn’t be the first time that the U.S. has armed terrorists. Back in 1986, the CIA provided Stinger missiles to Osama bin Laden and the Afghan Mujahideen during the Soviet occupation of their country.

1.2: Al Qaeda’s “Anti-Aircraft Missile” Manual
Roughly a year later on June 11, 2013, it was reported that a manual left behind in Mali suggests that Al Qaeda is now training to use surface-to-air missiles that are capable of taking down a commercial airplanes. According the report, the 26-page Arabic document strongly suggests that terrorists now possess the SA-7 surface-to-air missile and that Al Qaeda cells are actively training fighters to use these weapons. The heat-seeking missiles, also called “MANPADS” or “SA-7’s”, are alleged to have come from the ex-Libyan dictator Col. Muammar Qaddafi although the manual is “believed to be an excerpt from a terrorist encyclopedia edited by Usama bin Laden”. Mathieu Guidere, an expert on Islamic extremists at the University of Toulouse, believes the excerpts are lifted from the Encyclopedia of Jihad, an 11-volume survey on the craft of war first compiled by the Taliban in the 1980s. Bruce Hoffman, director of the Center for Security Studies at Georgetown University, stated that, “Against any commercial aircraft there would be no defenses against them. It’s impossible to protect against it. … If terrorists start training and learn how to use them, we’ll be in a lot of trouble.” N.R. Jenzen-Jones, an arms expert in Australia, stated that “If someone manages to take down a civilian aircraft, it’s hundreds of dead instantly. It’s a high impact, low-frequency event, and it sows a lot of fear.” In early 2013, French forces in Mali allegedly discovered an SA-7 battery pack and launch tube giving further credence that the weapons are widespread throughout Africa.

1.3: Alex Jones Warns of “Anti-Aircraft Missiles”
On June 14, 2013, just three days after the Al Qaeda anti-aircraft missile manual was found, alleged
STRATFOR intelligence operative Alex Jones suspiciously stated on his radio program that, “On record, [U.S.] Congress has appropriated over a billion dollars the last 2 years to the rebels and they’ve shipped massive weapons out of Benghazi [Libya] including heat seeking missiles, roughly 10,000 of those, 8,000 other surface-to-air missiles, anti-aircraft missiles, into Syria”. Evidently, Jones is prepping his audience for future acts of terror based on Zionist intelligence so he can gloat in the aftermath of the attacks that he was right and try and bait his listeners into a violent revolution. In this particular case, Jones appears to have been directly notified that Stinger missile attacks on U.S. airliners is next that he needs to go on record and make it clear that the missiles were given to the Syrian Rebels by the CIA.

2. WATER SUPPLY TERROR:

2.1: Al Qaeda Water Supply Terror
The “Islamic” terror threat to attack American’s water supply is almost as old as 9/11 and may be used as a means to start the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2013. Propaganda that Al Qaeda plans to attack the U.S. water supply and kill millions evidently started around July 30, 2002, it was reported that U.S. authorities arrested an Al Qaeda suspect who had planned to poison U.S. water supplies. A year later on May 28, 2003, it was reported that Al Qaeda again threatened to poison the U.S. water supply. Four years later on April 27, 2007, it was reported that an Al-Qaeda chief planned to poison Britain’s water supply. A couple years later on February 11, 2009, a report stated that the FBI had released bulletin warning that Al Qaeda might try to poison water supplies by use two naturally occurring toxins: nicotine and solanine. Roughly two years later on August 20, 2011, it was reported that an Al Qaeda suspect had “plotted to poison water”. On May 9, 2013, it was reported that an alleged Tunisian Muslim in Canada had plotted to poison the water supply of a large Canadian city with bacteria in order to kill up to 100,000 people. Two weeks later on May 25, 2013, it was reported that an Israeli official stated that Syria hackers tried to access Haifa’s water system in failed cyberattack. Yitzhak Ben Yisrael, Israel’s former cyber security adviser, said that a group calling itself “The Syrian Electronic Army” had launched the failed attack.

2.2: Water Terror Blinking Red
Prior to an biological/poison attack on the U.S. water supply from alleged “Islamic” terrorists, the public must first be psychologically programed that bio-terror on a grand scale is in fact possible. Starting in April of 2013, there has been an unprecedented wave of terror related events occurring at or near water related facilities and locations sucks as reservoirs, rivers, lakes, and water treatment plants.

U.S. Water Terror Timeline:

1. April 30, 2013: FBI Investigating Break-In At Water Treatment Plant (Chatsworth, Georgia)
2. May 9, 2013:
Tunisian Muslim Plotted To Poison Water Supply (Toronto, Canada)
3. May 14, 2013:
7 Potential Terrorists Caught Trespassing At Reservoir (Belchertown, Massachusetts)
4. May 15, 2013:
Reservoir Tests Safe After Trespassers Nabbed (Belchertown, Massachusetts)
5. May 20, 2013:
City Reports March Water-Treatment Glitch (Loveland, Texas)
6. May 21, 2013:
Draper Water Treatment Plant Loses Power In Storm (Draper, Oklahoma)
7. May 23, 2013:
CFA Raise Poison Fears Over Fish Consumed From Lake (Fiskville, Australia)
8. May 23, 2013:
EPA Agrees To Settle Violations At Water Treatment Plants (Pennsylvania)
9. May 25, 2013:
Couple Pleads Guilty To Poisoning River, Fish (Grafton, Ohio)
10. May 25, 2013:
Syria Hackers Tried To Access Haifa’s Water System (Haifa, Israel)
11. May 29, 2013:
Toxic Algae And Lake Erie’s Dead Zone (Oregon, Ohio)
12. June 3, 2013:
Lake Michigan Creek To Be Poisoned To Kill ‘Vampire Fish’ (Michigan)
13. June 3, 2013:
Locks Cut At Aqueduct That Supplies Water To Boston (Boston, Massachusetts)
14. June 4, 2013:
Cracking Water Pipes Afflict Waste Water Treatment Plant (Rockwell City, Iowa)
15. June 4, 2013:
7.5 Million Gallons Discharged From Treatment Plant (Saginaw Township, Michigan)
16. June 5, 2013:
Crews Respond To Carbon Spill Near Water Treatment Plant (Lawrence, Missouri)
17. June 6, 2013:
Fire At Boardman Waste Water Treatment Storage Facility (Boardman, Ohio)
18. June 9, 2013:
Divers Locate Body Of Drowning Victim At Pineview Reservoir (Cemetery Point, Utah)
19. June 10, 2013:
Kuwaiti Researcher Registers Two Patents On Water Treatment (Kuna, Kuwait)
20. June 11, 2013:
Threat To Water Reservoir Pushes  Conflict Back In The Spotlight (Vienna, Austria)
21. June 11, 2013:
Authorities Investigate Mysterious Brown Foam At Lake Mead (Las Vegas, Nevada)
22. June 12, 2013:
Fire Reported at Water Treatment Plant (Harker Heights, Texas)
23. June 12, 2013:
Bellevue Man Sentenced For Reservoir Death (Magic Reservoir, Idaho)
24. June 14, 2013:
Boulder Reservoir Swim Beach Reopened After E. Coli Closure (Boulder, Colorado)
25. June 14, 2013:
Body Of Missing Great Falls Fisherman Surfaces At Reservoir (Chester, Montana)
26. June 15, 2013:
Body Found In Reservoir Is That Of Missing Woman (West Milford, New Jersey)
27. June 15, 2013:
Poison River: Chemicals Pour Into Water After Explosion (Manchester, England)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

2.3: New Jersey Bio-Attack?
In order for a mass poisoning of the water supply to be effective, the water level of a respective reservoir or lake must be significantly lowered so that whatever biological agent is used is not completely diluted. In other words, the ratio of poison to water must be at a manageable level in order for the poison to pack enough punch to be effective. Case in point: On June 13, 2013, it was reported that the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection ordered United Water to lower Lake Tappan, Woodcliff Lake and Oradell reservoirs in Bergen County. New Jersey is a prime location mainly because New Jersey has a reputation for being a dirty state, Hurricane Sandy is a convenient scapegoat, and New Jersey Governor Chris Christie has been buddy-buddy with Obama.

3. CIA/Al QAEDA/LIBYAN/SYRIAN REBELS TERROR:

3.1: Libyan-Syrian Al Qaeda Rebels
The U.S. and NATO are not shy about admitting that they fund and arm Al Qaeda because they want the American public to see them as criminal in order to bait Americans into a civil-war which will surely destroy America. On March 29, 2011, a top ranking NATO Commander admitted that elements of “Al Qaeda” are amongst the Libyan rebel fighters currently receiving financial and military support from U.S.  According to the report, Admiral James Stavridis, NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander of Europe and commander of U.S. European Command, stated during a hearing in the U.S. Senate that, “We are examining very closely the content, composition, the personalities, who are the leaders of these opposition forces…We have seen flickers in the intelligence of potential al Qaeda, Hezbollah, we’ve seen different things.” Stavridis said, while adding that the rebel’s leadership appeared to be comprised also of “responsible men and women”. Eleven months later on February 26, 2012, then U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton stated that, “We have a very dangerous set of actors in the region, Al-Qaeda, Hamas, and those who are on our terrorist list, to be sure, supporting – claiming to support the opposition [in Syria].” A few weeks later on March 13, 2013, it was reported that James Clapper, the Director of National Intelligence, filed his annual report to Congress on the threats facing the United States in which he stated that the bigger concern is the rising influence and strength of the al-Nusra Front, an “al Qaeda in Iraq” offshoot who is among the Syrian rebels.

CIA Funding & Arming & Al Qaeda in Libya and Syria:

1. March 25, 2011: Libyan Rebel Commander Admits His Fighters Have Al-Qaeda Links (Telegraph)
2. March 29, 2011:
Intelligence On Libya Rebels Shows “Flickers” Of Qaeda (Reuters)
3. March 29, 2011:
Rice: Obama Has Not Ruled Out Military Support For Libyan Rebels (CNS News)
4. August 22, 2011:
Britain’s MI6 Played Secret Role In Fall Of Tripoli (Telegraph)
5. August 22, 2011:
CIA-Backed Groups And Al-Qaeda-Linked LIFG On Top  In Libya (Asian Tribune)
6. August 23, 2011:
SAS Troopers Help Co-Ordinate Rebel Attacks In Libya (Guardian)
7. August 24, 2011:
West Fears Al-Qaeda Could Seize Gaddafi Weapons – Paper (Rianovosti)
8. August 28, 2011:
Libya Ex-Islamic Terrorist Leader Heads Tripoli Military Council (Digital Journal)
9. November 2, 2011:
Al Qaeda Flag Flying Proudly Over Birthplace Of Libya’s Revolution (Telegraph)
10. November 25, 2011:
Libya’s New Rulers Offer Weapons To Syrian Rebels (Telegraph)
11. November 27, 2011:
Leading Libyan Islamist Met Free Syrian Army Opposition Group (Telegraph)
12. November 28, 2011:
Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted From Libya To Aid Syrian Opposition (Infowars)
13. March 1, 2012:
Hillary Clinton Admits US And Al-Qaeda On Same Side in Syria (Infowars)
14. May 14, 2012:
Al-Qaeda Rebel Pictured With UN Observers In Syria (Infowars)
15. June 21, 2012:
C.I.A. Said To Aid In Steering Arms To Syrian Opposition (New York Times)
16. July 30, 2012:
Al-Qaida Turns Tide For Rebels In Battle For Eastern Syria (Guardian)
17. August 1, 2012:
Exclusive: Obama Authorizes Secret U.S. Support For Syrian Rebels (Reuters)
18. August 2, 2012:
Report: Obama OKs Support For Syrian Rebels (USA Today)
19. September 19, 2012:
New Video Shows Obama-Backed Syrian Rebels Burning U.S. Flag (Infowars)
20. October 6, 2012:
Syrian Rebel: ‘We Won’t Stop Until Al-Qaeda Flag Over White House’ (Infowars)
21. December 5, 2012:
Syrian Rebels: “When We Finish With Assad, We Will Fight the U.S.” (Infowars)
22. December 2, 2012:
Al Qaida-Linked Syrian Rebels Key To Anti-Assad Victories (McClatchy)
23. December 8, 2012:
Syrian Rebels Tied To Al Qaeda Play Key Role In War (New York Times)
24. December 10, 2012:
Syrian Rebels Defy U.S. And Pledge Allegiance To Jihadi Group (Telegraph)
25. January 30, 2013:
U.S. “Backed Plan To Launch Chemical Weapons Attack On Syria (Yahoo)
26. April 3, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Appear To Have British-Made AS-50 Sniper Rifle (Fox News)
27. April 9, 2013:
Al Qaeda’s Iraq Branch And Syria Militant Group Announce Merger (Fox News)
28. March 31, 2013:
Syria Accuses Rebels Of Setting Fire To Oil Wells (Fox News)
25. May 9, 2013:
U.S. Sending $100 Million ln Aid Package To Syria (RT)
26. May 18, 2013:
Al-Qaeda’s Syrian Wing Takes Over Assad Oilfields (Telegraph)
27. June 3, 2013:
New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks (ABC News)
26. June 15, 2013:
CIA Will Lead U.S. Effort To Arm, Train Syrian Rebel Forces (Fox News)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

4. AIRPORT TERROR:

4.1: Airport Terror Blinking Red
In 1968,
Israeli terrorists blew up 13 civilian airliners at the airport in Beirut, Lebanon. Since then, airport terror has spread worldwide and it is highly likely that it will make its way to American shores any day now. In 2012 alone, there have been over 50 major terror threat or terror related events at airports worldwide, something unprecedented in aviation history. Terrorist attacks on airports and airbases have also increased as of late with 3 attacks in the last 4 months. On March 21, 2013, a suicide bombing near the Timbuktu airport in Mali left 1 dead. Three months later on June 7, 2013, it was reported that Al Qaeda Syrian Rebels attack an air base in northern Syria. Three days later on June 10, 2013, the “Taliban” struck the Kabul airport with multiple blasts killing 7 people.

4.2: U.S. Airport Security Compromised
Despite all the new airport security protocols put in place since 9/11, airport security is now more compromised more than ever before. On September 26, 2012, it was reported that
airport security workers at JFK airport have stated that security inspections are routinely rushed so that flights will not be delayed, ultimately raising the risk of missing weapons, explosives and drugs. Three days later on September 29, 2012, it was reported that a convicted TSA Agent who stole more than $800K worth of goods from passengers stated that stealing from bags in “very common”. A day later on September 30, 2012, it was reported that the TSA had allowed a loaded gun through security on two separate occasions during the same week in airports in New Orleans, Louisiana, and Newark, New Jersey. On October 16, 2012, it was reported that a JFK baggage handler had received life in prison for his part in an airport drug-smuggling ring. A month later on November 14, 2012, it was reported that an American Airlines employee was found to be on the government’s terrorist “No-Fly List”. A day later on November 15, 2013, it was reported that two thieves looted nearly 4,000 new iPad minis from a John F. Kennedy Airport in New York, New York. A day later, a woman allegedly was able to drive her car onto an active runway at an airport in Phoenix, Arizona. Four months later on March 22, 2013, it was reported that a man impersonating a pilot reached the plane’s cockpit at the airport in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Three months later on June 10, 2013, it was reported that JFK airport security guards were caught sleeping at key posts in New York. Most if not all of these events were orchestrated to demonize American airports and pave the way for future 9/11 scale terror attacks.

4.3: Airport Related Terror Events
Prior to an airport terror attack stemming from CIA “Islamic” terrorists, the public must first be psychologically programed that airport terror on a grand scale is in fact possible. Starting in February of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airport related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the
51 documented airport terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 14 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way.

Airport Terror Timeline:

1. December 31, 2011:Explosives Found In Bag During Screening (Midlands, Texas)
2. February 25, 2012:
10 Air Traffic Controllers Sleeping And Texting (White Plains, New York)
3. March 9, 2012:
Air Controller Involved In 2 Potential Collisions (Gulfport, Mississippi)
4. March 29, 2012:
Bomb Found On Man Trying To Pass Security (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
5. April 20, 2012:
Airliner Crashes While Trying To Land At Airport Killing 127 (Islamabad, Pakistan)
6. August 1, 2012:
Airport Evacuated Over Bomb Threat (San Antonio, Texas)
7. August 29, 2012:
Airport Closed After WW II Bomb Found (Amsterdam, Netherlands)
8. September 22, 2012:
Naked Woman Arrested At Airport (Orlando, Florida)
9. September 25, 2012:
Kenya Bombs Somali Airport Held By Militants (Kismayo, Somalia)
10. September 30, 2012:
Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (New Orleans, Louisiana)
11. September 30, 2012:
Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (Newark, New Jersey)
12. October 9, 2012:
Man Arrested With Weapons And Body Armor At LAX (Los Angeles, California)
13. October 9, 2012:
17 Flights Diverted Due To Air Traffic Control “Glitch” (Manila, Philippines)
14. October 11, 2012:
Indiana Woman Disappears From Airport (Dallas-Ft. Worth, Texas)
15. October 14, 2012:
Airport Evacuated After Traveler Cracks Bad Joke (Anchorage, Alaska)
16. October 15, 2012:
Miami Plane Causes Typhoid Scare At Airport (New Orleans, Louisiana)
17. October 16, 2012:
Airport Worker Gets Life In Prison For Drug-Smuggling (New York, New York)
18. October 30, 2012:
92 Flights Canceled After Bomb Found At Airport (Sendai, Japan)
19. November 2, 2012:
Man Found Shot Near Airport (Burbank, California)
20. November 6, 2012:
Pilot Accused Of Stealing Car Near Sea-Tac Airport (Seattle, Washington)
21. November 14, 2012:
American Airlines Employee Put On “No Fly List” (Miami, Florida)
22. November 15, 2012:
4,000 Apple iPads Stolen From JFK Airport (New York, New York)
23. November 15, 2012:
Flights Grounded After United Suffers Computer “Glitch” (USA)
24. November 16, 2012:
Man Arrested With Suicide Bomb Materials At Airport (Oakland, California)
25. November 16, 2012:
Airport Workers Set To Strike On Thanksgiving Eve (Loa Angeles, California)
26. November 16, 2012:
Woman With Child Drives Onto Airport Runway (Phoenix, Arizona)
27. November 19, 2012:
Passenger Detained After Threats Against Flight (New York)
28. November 23, 2013:
French Riot Police Clash With Airport Protesters (Nantes, France)
29. November 26, 2012:
Airport Evacuated After Dynamite Threat (Miami, Florida)
30. December 1, 2012:
Airport Rapist Is Sentenced To 6 years To Life (Denver, Colorado)
31. December 3, 2012:
Violence Near Airport Forces Flight Back To Egypt (Damascus, Syria)
32. December 7, 2012:
Syrian Rebels Say Airport Are Legitimate Targets (Damascus, Syria)
33. December 10, 2012:
Man Arrested Smuggling 26 Stun Guns Through Airport (New York, New York)
34: December 12, 2012:
Woman Arrested With Cocaine Breast Implants At Airport (Barcelona, Spain)
35. December 14, 2012:
TSA Detains ‘Explosive-Laced’ Girl In Wheelchair (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
36. December 14, 2012:
JFK Airport Strike Authorized Amid Holiday Travel (New York, New York)
37. December 24, 2012:
Lighter Mistaken For Grenade Causes Security Scare At Airport (Miami, Florida)
38. January 4, 2013:
Battery-Powered Toothbrush Prompts Airport Security Scare (Atlanta, Georgia)
39. January 15, 2013:
18 Human Heads Found At O’Hare Airport (Chicago, Illinois)
40. January 30, 2013:
Smoking Bag Prompts Airport To Close Four Gates (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
41. February 2, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Advance Near Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
42. February 6, 2013:
Live Cannonball In Luggage Forces Airport Evacuation (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
43. February 15, 2013:
Plane Carrying Political Delegation Crashes Near Airport (Charlesville, Liberia)
44. February 17, 2013:
Police Arrest Man With Loaded Gun At Airport (Newark, New Jersey)
45. February 19, 2013:
NFL Player Caught With Gun At Airport (New York, New York)
46. March 12, 2013:
Syrian Rebels In Battle With Syrian Troops Over Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
47. March 20, 2013:
Airport Concourses Evacuated After Security Breach (Seattle, Washington)
48. March 22, 2013:
Falling Sign Kills 10-Year Old Boy At Airport (Birmingham, Alabama)
49. March 22, 2013:
Fake Pilot Reaches Plane’s Cockpit At Airport (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
50. April 1, 2013:
Airport Terminal Evacuated After Suspicious Device Found (Detroit, Michigan)
51. April 2, 2013:
Airport Drug Smuggler Sentenced To 12 Years In Prison (San Francisco, California)
52. April 8, 2013:
Feds: 4 Airports Didn’t Follow Safety Training Rules (New York/New Jersey)
52. April 9, 2013:
Airport Employee Charged With Stealing Guns (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
53. April 13, 2013:
TSA Detains Passenger Over ‘Bomb’ Comment At JFK (New York, New York)
54. April 13, 2013:
Smoke From Forest Fires Forces Closure Of Airport (Tegucigalpa, Honduras)
55. April 16, 2013:
Airport Terminal Evacuated After Suspicious Package Found (New York, New York)
56. April 23, 2013:
LAX Airport Signs Accidentally Declare Emergency (Los Angeles, California)
57. April 25, 2013:
Possible Skull Parts, Teeth Found At Florida Airport (Fort Lauderdale, Florida)
58. May 1, 2013:
Bomb Squad Checks Suspicious Van Parked At Airport (London, England)
59. May 2, 2013:
Man Fires Shots Then Is Killed By Police At Bush International Airport (Houston, Texas)
60. May 5, 2013:
Plane Returns To Airport After Reported Explosion (Helsinki Finland)
61. May 9, 2013:
Airport Concourse Evacuated Over Suspicious Package (Miami, Florida)
62. May 14, 2013:
Eagles Entangled In Midair Fight Crash Land On Runway (Duluth, Minnesota)
63. May 14, 2013:
Saudi Man Arrested With Pressure Cooker At Airport (Detroit, Michigan)
64. May 16, 2013:
Police Shoot Man Inside Airport Parking Garage (Jacksonville, Florida)
65. May 17, 2013:
Gold Shipment Valued At $625,000 Vanishes From Airport (Miami, Florida)
66. May 24, 2013:
18 Hurt In Shuttle Bus Crash Near Airport (Atlanta, Georgia)
67. May 30, 2013:
Lawmaker’s Gun Goes Off Accidentally At Airport (Athens, Greece)
68. June 10, 2013:
Taliban Strikes Airport With Multiple Blasts, 7 Dead (Kabul, Afghanistan)
69. June 10, 2013:
JFK Airport Security Guards Dozing At Key Posts (New York, New York)
70. June 11, 2013:
Explosion At Hartsfield-Jackson International Airport (Atlanta, Georgia)
71. June 11, 2013:
Telephonic Threat Prompts Airport Evacuation (Richmond, Virginia)
72. June 13, 2013:
Jet Crashes Into Hangar At Chino Airport (Chino, California)
73. June 15, 2013:
Man In Custody After “Possible Security Threat” Aboard Flight (Knoxville, Tennessee)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

5. AIRPLANE TERROR:

5.1: Airplane Terror Blinking Red
The first act of air piracy in the history of civil aviation was carried out by Israel in December of 1954 when a civilian Syrian airliner was forced down in Tel Aviv and its passengers and crew were held for days by Israeli terrorists.  Despite international condemnation, the Israeli terrorists refused to release the hostages. Since then, real airplane terror events like 9/11 are few and far between but terror related headlines, hoaxes and scares are now at an all-time high. This is due to the fact that fake and exaggerated headlines, stories and propaganda are just as effective in terrorizing the population and are a lot easier to clean up after than a real terror operation.

5.2: New 9/11 Style Airplane Terror?
Based on recent news and events, future 9/11-style terror attacks against the U.S. originating out of Palestine, Zimbabwe and Nigeria are now theoretically possible as suspect airlines in the respective countries have all suddenly been allowed to “resume” international flights. Case in point: On May 28, 2012, it was reported that
Palestinian Airlines had resumes flights after a lengthy hiatus. Roughly five months later on October 23, 2012, it was reported that an airline from Zimbabwe was now allowed to resume international flights. Three months later on January 3, 2013, it was reported that Nigeria’s Dana Air has been allowed to resume flights after a horrific accident. Interestingly, all three of these countries have been implicated in recent alleged Islamic terror attacks, ultimately raising suspicions as to whether these airlines will be hijacked by “terrorists” in the near future.

5.3: TSA Announces Biggest Loosening of Security Since 9/11
In another U.S. government decision to make acts of alleged Iranian terror easier to conduct; rules in respect to weapons being allowed on planes have been suddenly changed.  On March 6, 2013, it was reported that that the
TSA will be allowing air passengers to bring pocketknives (blades shorter than 2.36 inches), golf clubs and hockey sticks on flights and in the passenger cabin starting on April 25, 2013. According to the report, the policy changes were made to conform to international rules and shorten the amount of time checkpoint officials spend confiscating items.  The TSA only stated that, “This is part of an overall risk-based security approach, which allows transportation security officers to better focus their efforts on finding higher-threat items such as explosives”. The Flight Attendants Union Coalition reacted to the new rules by stating that “these proposed changes will further endanger the lives of all flight attendants and the passengers we work so hard to keep safe and secure” and described the TSA decision as “poor and shortsighted”.

5.4: Airplane Terror Hype
Prior to numerous airplane terror attacks stemming from CIA “Islamic” terrorists, the public must first be psychologically programed that airplane terror on the 9/11 scale is again possible. Starting in April of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airplane related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the
65 documented airplane terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 15 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” who were involved in high-profile airplane terror related incidents, ultimately amplifying the notion of airplane terror globally as well as shocking and terrorizing the entire fan base of these respective “celebrities”.

Airplane Terror Timeline:

1. January 6, 2011: Hijack Attempt Foiled Aboard Turkish Air Flight (Istanbul, Turkey)
2. May 12, 2011:
Bomb “Hoax” On Board Trans-Atlantic Virgin Flight (Atlantic Ocean)
3. September 4, 2011:
U.S. Terror Warning For Small Planes, But Says No Plots Known
4. December 28, 2011:
NORAD F-16′s Intercept Airplane Over U.S. Capitol (Washington D.C.)
5. January 17, 2012:
British Airways Flight Tells Passengers Plane Will Crash (Atlantic Ocean)
6. January 17, 2012:
Military Jets Escort Trans-Pacific Plane After Hijacking Scare (Seattle, Washington)
7. April 10, 2012:
Bomb Threat On Trans-Pacific Light Require Military Escort (Vancouver, Canada)
8. April 20, 2012:
Landing Aborted As Australian Pilot Was Busy Texting (Changi Airport, Singapore)
9. April 30, 2012: Report:
Watch For Terrorists With Body Bombs On US-Bound Plane
10. June 17, 2012:
Pilot Attempts To Hijacks  CRJ200 Jet Aircraft—Commits Suicide (St. George, Utah)
11. June 30, 2012:
Passengers And Crew Foil Hijack Attempt (Xinjiang, China)
12. August 7, 2012:
Man Arrested With U.S. Customs, Coast Guard And CIA Uniforms (Miami, Florida)
13. August 16, 2012:
Bomb Threat Forces Trans-Atlantic Flight To Land In Iceland